1 .\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man version 1.15
2 .\" Wed Apr 25 21:39:15 2001
5 .\" ======================================================================
6 .de Sh \" Subsection heading
14 .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
20 .ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3
24 .de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
29 .de Ve \" End verbatim text
34 .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
35 .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
36 .\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. | will give a
37 .\" real vertical bar. \*(C+ will give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used
38 .\" to do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available. \*(C` and
39 .\" \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>
41 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
45 . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
46 . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
59 .\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr
60 .\" for titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and
61 .\" index entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process
62 .\" the output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
65 . tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
71 .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it
72 .\" makes way too many mistakes in technical documents.
76 .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
77 .\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
79 . \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
88 . ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
94 . \" simple accents for nroff and troff
104 . ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
105 . ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
106 . ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
107 . ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
108 . ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
109 . ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
111 . \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
112 .ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
113 .ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
114 .ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
115 .ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
116 .ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
117 .ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
118 .ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
119 .ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
120 .ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
121 . \" corrections for vroff
122 .if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
123 .if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
124 . \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
125 .if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
138 .\" ======================================================================
141 .TH GCC 1 "gcc-3.1" "2001-04-25" "GNU"
144 gcc \- \s-1GNU\s0 project C and \*(C+ compiler
146 .IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
147 gcc [\fB\-c\fR|\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-E\fR] [\fB\-std=\fR\fIstandard\fR]
148 [\fB\-g\fR] [\fB\-pg\fR] [\fB\-O\fR\fIlevel\fR]
149 [\fB\-W\fR\fIwarn\fR...] [\fB\-pedantic\fR]
150 [\fB\-I\fR\fIdir\fR...] [\fB\-L\fR\fIdir\fR...]
151 [\fB\-D\fR\fImacro\fR[=\fIdefn\fR]...] [\fB\-U\fR\fImacro\fR]
152 [\fB\-f\fR\fIoption\fR...] [\fB\-m\fR\fImachine-option\fR...]
153 [\fB\-o\fR \fIoutfile\fR] \fIinfile\fR...
155 Only the most useful options are listed here; see below for the
156 remainder. \fBg++\fR accepts mostly the same options as \fBgcc\fR.
158 .IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
159 When you invoke \s-1GCC\s0, it normally does preprocessing, compilation,
160 assembly and linking. The ``overall options'' allow you to stop this
161 process at an intermediate stage. For example, the \fB\-c\fR option
162 says not to run the linker. Then the output consists of object files
163 output by the assembler.
165 Other options are passed on to one stage of processing. Some options
166 control the preprocessor and others the compiler itself. Yet other
167 options control the assembler and linker; most of these are not
168 documented here, since you rarely need to use any of them.
170 Most of the command line options that you can use with \s-1GCC\s0 are useful
171 for C programs; when an option is only useful with another language
172 (usually \*(C+), the explanation says so explicitly. If the description
173 for a particular option does not mention a source language, you can use
174 that option with all supported languages.
176 The \fBgcc\fR program accepts options and file names as operands. Many
177 options have multi-letter names; therefore multiple single-letter options
178 may \fInot\fR be grouped: \fB\-dr\fR is very different from \fB\-d\ \-r\fR.
180 You can mix options and other arguments. For the most part, the order
181 you use doesn't matter. Order does matter when you use several options
182 of the same kind; for example, if you specify \fB\-L\fR more than once,
183 the directories are searched in the order specified.
185 Many options have long names starting with \fB\-f\fR or with
186 \&\fB\-W\fR\-\-\-for example, \fB\-fforce-mem\fR,
187 \&\fB\-fstrength-reduce\fR, \fB\-Wformat\fR and so on. Most of
188 these have both positive and negative forms; the negative form of
189 \&\fB\-ffoo\fR would be \fB\-fno-foo\fR. This manual documents
190 only one of these two forms, whichever one is not the default.
194 .IX Subsection "Option Summary"
195 Here is a summary of all the options, grouped by type. Explanations are
196 in the following sections.
197 .Ip "\fIOverall Options\fR" 4
198 .IX Item "Overall Options"
199 \&\fB\-c \-S \-E \-o\fR \fIfile\fR \fB\-pipe \-pass-exit-codes \-x\fR \fIlanguage\fR
200 \&\fB\-v \-\-target-help \-\-help\fR
201 .Ip "\fIC Language Options\fR" 4
202 .IX Item "C Language Options"
203 \&\fB\-ansi \-std=\fR\fIstandard\fR \fB\-fno-asm \-fno-builtin
204 \&\-fhosted \-ffreestanding
205 \&\-trigraphs \-traditional \-traditional-cpp
206 \&\-fallow-single-precision \-fcond-mismatch
207 \&\-fsigned-bitfields \-fsigned-char
208 \&\-funsigned-bitfields \-funsigned-char
209 \&\-fwritable-strings \-fshort-wchar\fR
210 .Ip "\fI\*(C+ Language Options\fR" 4
211 .IX Item " Language Options"
212 \&\fB\-fno-access-control \-fcheck-new \-fconserve-space
213 \&\-fdollars-in-identifiers \-fno-elide-constructors
214 \&\-fno-enforce-eh-specs \-fexternal-templates
215 \&\-falt-external-templates
216 \&\-ffor-scope \-fno-for-scope \-fno-gnu-keywords \-fhonor-std
217 \&\-fhuge-objects \-fno-implicit-templates
218 \&\-fno-implicit-inline-templates
219 \&\-fno-implement-inlines \-fms-extensions
220 \&\-fno-operator-names
221 \&\-fno-optional-diags \-fpermissive
222 \&\-frepo \-fno-rtti \-ftemplate-depth-\fR\fIn\fR
223 \&\fB\-fuse-cxa-atexit \-fvtable-thunks \-nostdinc++
224 \&\-fno-default-inline \-Wctor-dtor-privacy
225 \&\-Wnon-virtual-dtor \-Wreorder
226 \&\-Weffc++ \-Wno-deprecated
227 \&\-Wno-non-template-friend \-Wold-style-cast
228 \&\-Woverloaded-virtual \-Wno-pmf-conversions
229 \&\-Wsign-promo \-Wsynth\fR
230 .Ip "\fILanguage Independent Options\fR" 4
231 .IX Item "Language Independent Options"
232 \&\fB\-fmessage-length=\fR\fIn\fR
233 \&\fB\-fdiagnostics-show-location=\fR[\fBonce\fR|\fBevery-line\fR]
234 .Ip "\fIWarning Options\fR" 4
235 .IX Item "Warning Options"
236 \&\fB\-fsyntax-only \-pedantic \-pedantic-errors
237 \&\-w \-W \-Wall \-Waggregate-return
238 \&\-Wcast-align \-Wcast-qual \-Wchar-subscripts \-Wcomment
239 \&\-Wconversion \-Wdisabled-optimization \-Werror
240 \&\-Wfloat-equal \-Wformat \-Wformat=2
241 \&\-Wformat-nonliteral \-Wformat-security
242 \&\-Wid-clash-\fR\fIlen\fR \fB\-Wimplicit \-Wimplicit-int
243 \&\-Wimplicit-function-declaration
244 \&\-Werror-implicit-function-declaration
245 \&\-Wimport \-Winline
246 \&\-Wlarger-than-\fR\fIlen\fR \fB\-Wlong-long
247 \&\-Wmain \-Wmissing-braces \-Wmissing-declarations
248 \&\-Wmissing-format-attribute \-Wmissing-noreturn
249 \&\-Wmultichar \-Wno-format-extra-args \-Wno-format-y2k
250 \&\-Wno-import \-Wpacked \-Wpadded
251 \&\-Wparentheses \-Wpointer-arith \-Wredundant-decls
252 \&\-Wreturn-type \-Wsequence-point \-Wshadow
253 \&\-Wsign-compare \-Wswitch \-Wsystem-headers
254 \&\-Wtrigraphs \-Wundef \-Wuninitialized
255 \&\-Wunknown-pragmas \-Wunreachable-code
256 \&\-Wunused \-Wunused-function \-Wunused-label \-Wunused-parameter
257 \&\-Wunused-value \-Wunused-variable \-Wwrite-strings\fR
258 .Ip "\fIC-only Warning Options\fR" 4
259 .IX Item "C-only Warning Options"
260 \&\fB\-Wbad-function-cast \-Wmissing-prototypes \-Wnested-externs
261 \&\-Wstrict-prototypes \-Wtraditional\fR
262 .Ip "\fIDebugging Options\fR" 4
263 .IX Item "Debugging Options"
264 \&\fB\-a \-ax \-d\fR\fIletters\fR \fB\-dumpspecs \-dumpmachine \-dumpversion
265 \&\-fdump-unnumbered \-fdump-translation-unit=\fR\fIfile\fR
266 \&\fB\-fdump-class-layout=\fR\fIfile\fR \fB\-fmem-report \-fpretend-float
267 \&\-fprofile-arcs \-ftest-coverage \-ftime-report
268 \&\-g \-g\fR\fIlevel\fR \fB\-gcoff \-gdwarf \-gdwarf-1 \-gdwarf-1+ \-gdwarf-2
269 \&\-ggdb \-gstabs \-gstabs+ \-gxcoff \-gxcoff+
270 \&\-p \-pg \-print-file-name=\fR\fIlibrary\fR \fB\-print-libgcc-file-name
271 \&\-print-prog-name=\fR\fIprogram\fR \fB\-print-search-dirs \-Q
272 \&\-save-temps \-time\fR
273 .Ip "\fIOptimization Options\fR" 4
274 .IX Item "Optimization Options"
275 \&\fB\-falign-functions=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-falign-jumps=\fR\fIn\fR
276 \&\fB\-falign-labels=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-falign-loops=\fR\fIn\fR
277 \&\fB\-fbranch-probabilities \-fcaller-saves
278 \&\-fcse-follow-jumps \-fcse-skip-blocks \-fdata-sections \-fdce
279 \&\-fdelayed-branch \-fdelete-null-pointer-checks
280 \&\-fexpensive-optimizations \-ffast-math \-ffloat-store
281 \&\-fforce-addr \-fforce-mem \-ffunction-sections \-fgcse \-fgcse-lm \-fgcse-sm
282 \&\-finline-functions \-finline-limit=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-fkeep-inline-functions
283 \&\-fkeep-static-consts \-fmove-all-movables
284 \&\-fno-default-inline \-fno-defer-pop
285 \&\-fno-function-cse \-fno-guess-branch-probability
286 \&\-fno-inline \-fno-math-errno \-fno-peephole
287 \&\-funsafe-math-optimizations \-fno-trapping-math
288 \&\-fomit-frame-pointer \-foptimize-register-move
289 \&\-foptimize-sibling-calls \-freduce-all-givs
290 \&\-fregmove \-frename-registers
291 \&\-frerun-cse-after-loop \-frerun-loop-opt
292 \&\-fschedule-insns \-fschedule-insns2
293 \&\-fsingle-precision-constant \-fssa
294 \&\-fstrength-reduce \-fstrict-aliasing \-fthread-jumps \-ftrapv
295 \&\-funroll-all-loops \-funroll-loops
296 \&\-\-param\fR \fIname\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR
297 \&\fB\-O \-O0 \-O1 \-O2 \-O3 \-Os\fR
298 .Ip "\fIPreprocessor Options\fR" 4
299 .IX Item "Preprocessor Options"
300 \&\fB\-$ \-A\fR\fIquestion\fR\fB=\fR\fIanswer\fR \fB\-A-\fR\fIquestion\fR[\fB=\fR\fIanswer\fR]
301 \&\fB\-C \-dD \-dI \-dM \-dN
302 \&\-D\fR\fImacro\fR[\fB=\fR\fIdefn\fR] \fB\-E \-H
303 \&\-idirafter\fR \fIdir\fR
304 \&\fB\-include\fR \fIfile\fR \fB\-imacros\fR \fIfile\fR
305 \&\fB\-iprefix\fR \fIfile\fR \fB\-iwithprefix\fR \fIdir\fR
306 \&\fB\-iwithprefixbefore\fR \fIdir\fR \fB\-isystem\fR \fIdir\fR \fB\-isystem-c++\fR \fIdir\fR
307 \&\fB\-M \-MM \-MF \-MG \-MP \-MQ \-MT \-nostdinc \-P \-remap
308 \&\-trigraphs \-undef \-U\fR\fImacro\fR \fB\-Wp,\fR\fIoption\fR
309 .Ip "\fIAssembler Option\fR" 4
310 .IX Item "Assembler Option"
311 \&\fB\-Wa,\fR\fIoption\fR
312 .Ip "\fILinker Options\fR" 4
313 .IX Item "Linker Options"
315 \&\fR\fIobject-file-name\fR \fB\-l\fR\fIlibrary\fR
316 \&\fB\-nostartfiles \-nodefaultlibs \-nostdlib
317 \&\-s \-static \-static-libgcc \-shared \-shared-libgcc \-symbolic
318 \&\-Wl,\fR\fIoption\fR \fB\-Xlinker\fR \fIoption\fR
319 \&\fB\-u\fR \fIsymbol\fR
320 .Ip "\fIDirectory Options\fR" 4
321 .IX Item "Directory Options"
322 \&\fB\-B\fR\fIprefix\fR \fB\-I\fR\fIdir\fR \fB\-I- \-L\fR\fIdir\fR \fB\-specs=\fR\fIfile\fR
323 .Ip "\fITarget Options\fR" 4
324 .IX Item "Target Options"
325 \&\fB\-b\fR \fImachine\fR \fB\-V\fR \fIversion\fR
326 .Ip "\fIMachine Dependent Options\fR" 4
327 .IX Item "Machine Dependent Options"
328 \&\fIM680x0 Options\fR
330 \&\fB\-m68000 \-m68020 \-m68020\-40 \-m68020\-60 \-m68030 \-m68040
331 \&\-m68060 \-mcpu32 \-m5200 \-m68881 \-mbitfield \-mc68000 \-mc68020
332 \&\-mfpa \-mnobitfield \-mrtd \-mshort \-msoft-float \-mpcrel
333 \&\-malign-int \-mstrict-align\fR
335 \&\fIM68hc1x Options\fR
337 \&\fB\-m6811 \-m6812 \-m68hc11 \-m68hc12
338 \&\-mauto-incdec \-mshort \-msoft-reg-count=\fR\fIcount\fR
340 \&\fI\s-1VAX\s0 Options\fR
342 \&\fB\-mg \-mgnu \-munix\fR
344 \&\fI\s-1SPARC\s0 Options\fR
346 \&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu type\fR
347 \&\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu type\fR
348 \&\fB\-mcmodel=\fR\fIcode model\fR
350 \&\-mapp-regs \-mbroken-saverestore \-mcypress
351 \&\-mepilogue \-mfaster-structs \-mflat
352 \&\-mfpu \-mhard-float \-mhard-quad-float
353 \&\-mimpure-text \-mlive-g0 \-mno-app-regs
354 \&\-mno-epilogue \-mno-faster-structs \-mno-flat \-mno-fpu
355 \&\-mno-impure-text \-mno-stack-bias \-mno-unaligned-doubles
356 \&\-msoft-float \-msoft-quad-float \-msparclite \-mstack-bias
357 \&\-msupersparc \-munaligned-doubles \-mv8\fR
359 \&\fIConvex Options\fR
361 \&\fB\-mc1 \-mc2 \-mc32 \-mc34 \-mc38
362 \&\-margcount \-mnoargcount
363 \&\-mlong32 \-mlong64
364 \&\-mvolatile-cache \-mvolatile-nocache\fR
366 \&\fI\s-1AMD29K\s0 Options\fR
368 \&\fB\-m29000 \-m29050 \-mbw \-mnbw \-mdw \-mndw
369 \&\-mlarge \-mnormal \-msmall
370 \&\-mkernel-registers \-mno-reuse-arg-regs
371 \&\-mno-stack-check \-mno-storem-bug
372 \&\-mreuse-arg-regs \-msoft-float \-mstack-check
373 \&\-mstorem-bug \-muser-registers\fR
375 \&\fI\s-1ARM\s0 Options\fR
377 \&\fB\-mapcs-frame \-mno-apcs-frame
378 \&\-mapcs-26 \-mapcs-32
379 \&\-mapcs-stack-check \-mno-apcs-stack-check
380 \&\-mapcs-float \-mno-apcs-float
381 \&\-mapcs-reentrant \-mno-apcs-reentrant
382 \&\-msched-prolog \-mno-sched-prolog
383 \&\-mlittle-endian \-mbig-endian \-mwords-little-endian
384 \&\-malignment-traps \-mno-alignment-traps
385 \&\-msoft-float \-mhard-float \-mfpe
386 \&\-mthumb-interwork \-mno-thumb-interwork
387 \&\-mcpu= \-march= \-mfpe=
388 \&\-mstructure-size-boundary=
389 \&\-mbsd \-mxopen \-mno-symrename
390 \&\-mabort-on-noreturn
391 \&\-mlong-calls \-mno-long-calls
392 \&\-mnop-fun-dllimport \-mno-nop-fun-dllimport
393 \&\-msingle-pic-base \-mno-single-pic-base
394 \&\-mpic-register=\fR
396 \&\fIThumb Options\fR
398 \&\fB\-mtpcs-frame \-mno-tpcs-frame
399 \&\-mtpcs-leaf-frame \-mno-tpcs-leaf-frame
400 \&\-mlittle-endian \-mbig-endian
401 \&\-mthumb-interwork \-mno-thumb-interwork
402 \&\-mstructure-size-boundary=
403 \&\-mnop-fun-dllimport \-mno-nop-fun-dllimport
404 \&\-mcallee-super-interworking \-mno-callee-super-interworking
405 \&\-mcaller-super-interworking \-mno-caller-super-interworking
406 \&\-msingle-pic-base \-mno-single-pic-base
407 \&\-mpic-register=\fR
409 \&\fI\s-1MN10200\s0 Options\fR
413 \&\fI\s-1MN10300\s0 Options\fR
421 \&\fIM32R/D Options\fR
423 \&\fB\-mcode-model=\fR\fImodel type\fR \fB\-msdata=\fR\fIsdata type\fR
424 \&\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR
428 \&\fB\-m88000 \-m88100 \-m88110 \-mbig-pic
429 \&\-mcheck-zero-division \-mhandle-large-shift
430 \&\-midentify-revision \-mno-check-zero-division
431 \&\-mno-ocs-debug-info \-mno-ocs-frame-position
432 \&\-mno-optimize-arg-area \-mno-serialize-volatile
433 \&\-mno-underscores \-mocs-debug-info
434 \&\-mocs-frame-position \-moptimize-arg-area
435 \&\-mserialize-volatile \-mshort-data-\fR\fInum\fR \fB\-msvr3
436 \&\-msvr4 \-mtrap-large-shift \-muse-div-instruction
437 \&\-mversion-03.00 \-mwarn-passed-structs\fR
439 \&\fI\s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC Options\fR
441 \&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu type\fR
442 \&\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu type\fR
443 \&\fB\-mpower \-mno-power \-mpower2 \-mno-power2
444 \&\-mpowerpc \-mpowerpc64 \-mno-powerpc
445 \&\-mpowerpc-gpopt \-mno-powerpc-gpopt
446 \&\-mpowerpc-gfxopt \-mno-powerpc-gfxopt
447 \&\-mnew-mnemonics \-mold-mnemonics
448 \&\-mfull-toc \-mminimal-toc \-mno-fop-in-toc \-mno-sum-in-toc
449 \&\-m64 \-m32 \-mxl-call \-mno-xl-call \-mthreads \-mpe
450 \&\-msoft-float \-mhard-float \-mmultiple \-mno-multiple
451 \&\-mstring \-mno-string \-mupdate \-mno-update
452 \&\-mfused-madd \-mno-fused-madd \-mbit-align \-mno-bit-align
453 \&\-mstrict-align \-mno-strict-align \-mrelocatable
454 \&\-mno-relocatable \-mrelocatable-lib \-mno-relocatable-lib
455 \&\-mtoc \-mno-toc \-mlittle \-mlittle-endian \-mbig \-mbig-endian
456 \&\-mcall-aix \-mcall-sysv \-mprototype \-mno-prototype
457 \&\-msim \-mmvme \-mads \-myellowknife \-memb \-msdata
458 \&\-msdata=\fR\fIopt\fR \fB\-mvxworks \-G\fR \fInum\fR
460 \&\fI\s-1RT\s0 Options\fR
462 \&\fB\-mcall-lib-mul \-mfp-arg-in-fpregs \-mfp-arg-in-gregs
463 \&\-mfull-fp-blocks \-mhc-struct-return \-min-line-mul
464 \&\-mminimum-fp-blocks \-mnohc-struct-return\fR
466 \&\fI\s-1MIPS\s0 Options\fR
468 \&\fB\-mabicalls \-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu type\fR
469 \&\fB\-membedded-data \-muninit-const-in-rodata
470 \&\-membedded-pic \-mfp32 \-mfp64 \-mgas \-mgp32 \-mgp64
471 \&\-mgpopt \-mhalf-pic \-mhard-float \-mint64 \-mips1
472 \&\-mips2 \-mips3 \-mips4 \-mlong64 \-mlong32 \-mlong-calls \-mmemcpy
473 \&\-mmips-as \-mmips-tfile \-mno-abicalls
474 \&\-mno-embedded-data \-mno-uninit-const-in-rodata \-mno-embedded-pic
475 \&\-mno-gpopt \-mno-long-calls
476 \&\-mno-memcpy \-mno-mips-tfile \-mno-rnames \-mno-stats
477 \&\-mrnames \-msoft-float
478 \&\-m4650 \-msingle-float \-mmad
479 \&\-mstats \-EL \-EB \-G\fR \fInum\fR \fB\-nocpp
480 \&\-mabi=32 \-mabi=n32 \-mabi=64 \-mabi=eabi
481 \&\-mfix7000 \-mno-crt0\fR
485 \&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu type\fR \fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu type\fR
486 \&\fB\-mintel-syntax \-mieee-fp \-mno-fancy-math-387
487 \&\-mno-fp-ret-in-387 \-msoft-float \-msvr3\-shlib
488 \&\-mno-wide-multiply \-mrtd \-malign-double
489 \&\-malign-jumps=\fR\fInum\fR \fB\-malign-loops=\fR\fInum\fR
490 \&\fB\-malign-functions=\fR\fInum\fR \fB\-mpreferred-stack-boundary=\fR\fInum\fR
491 \&\fB\-mthreads \-mno-align-stringops \-minline-all-stringops
492 \&\-mpush-args \-maccumulate-outgoing-args \-m128bit-long-double
493 \&\-m96bit-long-double \-mregparm=\fR\fInum\fR
495 \&\fI\s-1HPPA\s0 Options\fR
497 \&\fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture type\fR
498 \&\fB\-mbig-switch \-mdisable-fpregs \-mdisable-indexing
499 \&\-mfast-indirect-calls \-mgas \-mjump-in-delay
500 \&\-mlong-load-store \-mno-big-switch \-mno-disable-fpregs
501 \&\-mno-disable-indexing \-mno-fast-indirect-calls \-mno-gas
502 \&\-mno-jump-in-delay \-mno-long-load-store
503 \&\-mno-portable-runtime \-mno-soft-float
504 \&\-mno-space-regs \-msoft-float \-mpa-risc-1\-0
505 \&\-mpa-risc-1\-1 \-mpa-risc-2\-0 \-mportable-runtime
506 \&\-mschedule=\fR\fIcpu type\fR \fB\-mspace-regs\fR
508 \&\fIIntel 960 Options\fR
510 \&\fB\-m\fR\fIcpu type\fR \fB\-masm-compat \-mclean-linkage
511 \&\-mcode-align \-mcomplex-addr \-mleaf-procedures
512 \&\-mic-compat \-mic2.0\-compat \-mic3.0\-compat
513 \&\-mintel-asm \-mno-clean-linkage \-mno-code-align
514 \&\-mno-complex-addr \-mno-leaf-procedures
515 \&\-mno-old-align \-mno-strict-align \-mno-tail-call
516 \&\-mnumerics \-mold-align \-msoft-float \-mstrict-align
519 \&\fI\s-1DEC\s0 Alpha Options\fR
521 \&\fB\-mfp-regs \-mno-fp-regs \-mno-soft-float \-msoft-float
523 \&\-mieee \-mieee-with-inexact \-mieee-conformant
524 \&\-mfp-trap-mode=\fR\fImode\fR \fB\-mfp-rounding-mode=\fR\fImode\fR
525 \&\fB\-mtrap-precision=\fR\fImode\fR \fB\-mbuild-constants
526 \&\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu type\fR
527 \&\fB\-mbwx \-mno-bwx \-mcix \-mno-cix \-mmax \-mno-max
528 \&\-mmemory-latency=\fR\fItime\fR
530 \&\fIClipper Options\fR
532 \&\fB\-mc300 \-mc400\fR
534 \&\fIH8/300 Options\fR
536 \&\fB\-mrelax \-mh \-ms \-mint32 \-malign-300\fR
538 \&\fI\s-1SH\s0 Options\fR
540 \&\fB\-m1 \-m2 \-m3 \-m3e
541 \&\-m4\-nofpu \-m4\-single-only \-m4\-single \-m4
542 \&\-mb \-ml \-mdalign \-mrelax
543 \&\-mbigtable \-mfmovd \-mhitachi \-mnomacsave
544 \&\-misize \-mpadstruct \-mspace
548 \&\fISystem V Options\fR
550 \&\fB\-Qy \-Qn \-YP,\fR\fIpaths\fR \fB\-Ym,\fR\fIdir\fR
552 \&\fI\s-1ARC\s0 Options\fR
555 \&\-mmangle-cpu \-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR \fB\-mtext=\fR\fItext section\fR
556 \&\fB\-mdata=\fR\fIdata section\fR \fB\-mrodata=\fR\fIreadonly data section\fR
558 \&\fITMS320C3x/C4x Options\fR
560 \&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR \fB\-mbig \-msmall \-mregparm \-mmemparm
561 \&\-mfast-fix \-mmpyi \-mbk \-mti \-mdp-isr-reload
562 \&\-mrpts=\fR\fIcount\fR \fB\-mrptb \-mdb \-mloop-unsigned
563 \&\-mparallel-insns \-mparallel-mpy \-mpreserve-float\fR
567 \&\fB\-mlong-calls \-mno-long-calls \-mep \-mno-ep
568 \&\-mprolog-function \-mno-prolog-function \-mspace
569 \&\-mtda=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-msda=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-mzda=\fR\fIn\fR
570 \&\fB\-mv850 \-mbig-switch\fR
572 \&\fI\s-1NS32K\s0 Options\fR
574 \&\fB\-m32032 \-m32332 \-m32532 \-m32081 \-m32381 \-mmult-add \-mnomult-add
575 \&\-msoft-float \-mrtd \-mnortd \-mregparam \-mnoregparam \-msb \-mnosb
576 \&\-mbitfield \-mnobitfield \-mhimem \-mnohimem\fR
578 \&\fI\s-1AVR\s0 Options\fR
580 \&\fB\-mmcu=\fR\fImcu\fR \fB\-msize \-minit-stack=\fR\fIn\fR \fB\-mno-interrupts
581 \&\-mcall-prologues \-mno-tablejump \-mtiny-stack\fR
583 \&\fIMCore Options\fR
585 \&\fB\-mhardlit \-mno-hardlit \-mdiv \-mno-div \-mrelax-immediates
586 \&\-mno-relax-immediates \-mwide-bitfields \-mno-wide-bitfields
587 \&\-m4byte-functions \-mno-4byte-functions \-mcallgraph-data
588 \&\-mno-callgraph-data \-mslow-bytes \-mno-slow-bytes \-mno-lsim
589 \&\-mlittle-endian \-mbig-endian \-m210 \-m340 \-mstack-increment\fR
591 \&\fI\s-1IA-64\s0 Options\fR
593 \&\fB\-mbig-endian \-mlittle-endian \-mgnu-as \-mgnu-ld \-mno-pic
594 \&\-mvolatile-asm-stop \-mb-step \-mregister-names \-mno-sdata
595 \&\-mconstant-gp \-mauto-pic \-minline-divide-min-latency
596 \&\-minline-divide-max-throughput \-mno-dwarf2\-asm
597 \&\-mfixed-range=\fR\fIregister range\fR
598 .Ip "\fICode Generation Options\fR" 4
599 .IX Item "Code Generation Options"
600 \&\fB\-fcall-saved-\fR\fIreg\fR \fB\-fcall-used-\fR\fIreg\fR
601 \&\fB\-fexceptions \-funwind-tables \-ffixed-\fR\fIreg\fR
602 \&\fB\-finhibit-size-directive \-finstrument-functions
603 \&\-fcheck-memory-usage \-fprefix-function-name
604 \&\-fno-common \-fno-ident \-fno-gnu-linker
605 \&\-fpcc-struct-return \-fpic \-fPIC
606 \&\-freg-struct-return \-fshared-data \-fshort-enums
607 \&\-fshort-double \-fvolatile \-fvolatile-global \-fvolatile-static
608 \&\-fverbose-asm \-fpack-struct \-fstack-check
609 \&\-fstack-limit-register=\fR\fIreg\fR \fB\-fstack-limit-symbol=\fR\fIsym\fR
610 \&\fB\-fargument-alias \-fargument-noalias
611 \&\-fargument-noalias-global
612 \&\-fleading-underscore\fR
613 .Sh "Options Controlling the Kind of Output"
614 .IX Subsection "Options Controlling the Kind of Output"
615 Compilation can involve up to four stages: preprocessing, compilation
616 proper, assembly and linking, always in that order. The first three
617 stages apply to an individual source file, and end by producing an
618 object file; linking combines all the object files (those newly
619 compiled, and those specified as input) into an executable file.
621 For any given input file, the file name suffix determines what kind of
623 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.c\fR" 4
625 C source code which must be preprocessed.
626 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.i\fR" 4
628 C source code which should not be preprocessed.
629 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.ii\fR" 4
631 \&\*(C+ source code which should not be preprocessed.
632 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.m\fR" 4
634 Objective-C source code. Note that you must link with the library
635 \&\fIlibobjc.a\fR to make an Objective-C program work.
636 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.mi\fR" 4
638 Objective-C source code which should not be preprocessed.
639 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.h\fR" 4
641 C header file (not to be compiled or linked).
642 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.cc\fR" 4
645 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.cp\fR" 4
647 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.cxx\fR" 4
649 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.cpp\fR" 4
651 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.c++\fR" 4
653 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.C\fR" 4
656 \&\*(C+ source code which must be preprocessed. Note that in \fB.cxx\fR,
657 the last two letters must both be literally \fBx\fR. Likewise,
658 \&\fB.C\fR refers to a literal capital C.
659 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.f\fR" 4
662 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.for\fR" 4
664 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.FOR\fR" 4
667 Fortran source code which should not be preprocessed.
668 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.F\fR" 4
671 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.fpp\fR" 4
673 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.FPP\fR" 4
676 Fortran source code which must be preprocessed (with the traditional
678 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.r\fR" 4
680 Fortran source code which must be preprocessed with a \s-1RATFOR\s0
681 preprocessor (not included with \s-1GCC\s0).
682 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.ch\fR" 4
685 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.chi\fR" 4
688 \&\s-1CHILL\s0 source code (preprocessed with the traditional preprocessor).
689 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.s\fR" 4
692 .Ip "\fIfile\fR\fB.S\fR" 4
694 Assembler code which must be preprocessed.
697 An object file to be fed straight into linking.
698 Any file name with no recognized suffix is treated this way.
700 You can specify the input language explicitly with the \fB\-x\fR option:
701 .Ip "\fB\-x\fR \fIlanguage\fR" 4
702 .IX Item "-x language"
703 Specify explicitly the \fIlanguage\fR for the following input files
704 (rather than letting the compiler choose a default based on the file
705 name suffix). This option applies to all following input files until
706 the next \fB\-x\fR option. Possible values for \fIlanguage\fR are:
709 \& c c-header cpp-output
710 \& c++ c++-cpp-output
711 \& objective-c objc-cpp-output
712 \& assembler assembler-with-cpp
713 \& f77 f77-cpp-input ratfor
716 .Ip "\fB\-x none\fR" 4
718 Turn off any specification of a language, so that subsequent files are
719 handled according to their file name suffixes (as they are if \fB\-x\fR
720 has not been used at all).
721 .Ip "\fB\-pass-exit-codes\fR" 4
722 .IX Item "-pass-exit-codes"
723 Normally the \fBgcc\fR program will exit with the code of 1 if any
724 phase of the compiler returns a non-success return code. If you specify
725 \&\fB\-pass-exit-codes\fR, the \fBgcc\fR program will instead return with
726 numerically highest error produced by any phase that returned an error
729 If you only want some of the stages of compilation, you can use
730 \&\fB\-x\fR (or filename suffixes) to tell \fBgcc\fR where to start, and
731 one of the options \fB\-c\fR, \fB\-S\fR, or \fB\-E\fR to say where
732 \&\fBgcc\fR is to stop. Note that some combinations (for example,
733 \&\fB\-x cpp-output \-E\fR) instruct \fBgcc\fR to do nothing at all.
736 Compile or assemble the source files, but do not link. The linking
737 stage simply is not done. The ultimate output is in the form of an
738 object file for each source file.
740 By default, the object file name for a source file is made by replacing
741 the suffix \fB.c\fR, \fB.i\fR, \fB.s\fR, etc., with \fB.o\fR.
743 Unrecognized input files, not requiring compilation or assembly, are
747 Stop after the stage of compilation proper; do not assemble. The output
748 is in the form of an assembler code file for each non-assembler input
751 By default, the assembler file name for a source file is made by
752 replacing the suffix \fB.c\fR, \fB.i\fR, etc., with \fB.s\fR.
754 Input files that don't require compilation are ignored.
757 Stop after the preprocessing stage; do not run the compiler proper. The
758 output is in the form of preprocessed source code, which is sent to the
761 Input files which don't require preprocessing are ignored.
762 .Ip "\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
764 Place output in file \fIfile\fR. This applies regardless to whatever
765 sort of output is being produced, whether it be an executable file,
766 an object file, an assembler file or preprocessed C code.
768 Since only one output file can be specified, it does not make sense to
769 use \fB\-o\fR when compiling more than one input file, unless you are
770 producing an executable file as output.
772 If \fB\-o\fR is not specified, the default is to put an executable file
773 in \fIa.out\fR, the object file for \fI\fIsource\fI.\fIsuffix\fI\fR in
774 \&\fI\fIsource\fI.o\fR, its assembler file in \fI\fIsource\fI.s\fR, and
775 all preprocessed C source on standard output.
778 Print (on standard error output) the commands executed to run the stages
779 of compilation. Also print the version number of the compiler driver
780 program and of the preprocessor and the compiler proper.
783 Use pipes rather than temporary files for communication between the
784 various stages of compilation. This fails to work on some systems where
785 the assembler is unable to read from a pipe; but the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler has
787 .Ip "\fB\*(--help\fR" 4
789 Print (on the standard output) a description of the command line options
790 understood by \fBgcc\fR. If the \fB\-v\fR option is also specified
791 then \fB\*(--help\fR will also be passed on to the various processes
792 invoked by \fBgcc\fR, so that they can display the command line options
793 they accept. If the \fB\-W\fR option is also specified then command
794 line options which have no documentation associated with them will also
796 .Ip "\fB\*(--target-help\fR" 4
797 .IX Item "target-help"
798 Print (on the standard output) a description of target specific command
799 line options for each tool.
800 .Sh "Compiling \*(C+ Programs"
801 .IX Subsection "Compiling Programs"
802 \&\*(C+ source files conventionally use one of the suffixes \fB.C\fR,
803 \&\fB.cc\fR, \fB.cpp\fR, \fB.c++\fR, \fB.cp\fR, or \fB.cxx\fR;
804 preprocessed \*(C+ files use the suffix \fB.ii\fR. \s-1GCC\s0 recognizes
805 files with these names and compiles them as \*(C+ programs even if you
806 call the compiler the same way as for compiling C programs (usually with
809 However, \*(C+ programs often require class libraries as well as a
810 compiler that understands the \*(C+ language\-\-\-and under some
811 circumstances, you might want to compile programs from standard input,
812 or otherwise without a suffix that flags them as \*(C+ programs.
813 \&\fBg++\fR is a program that calls \s-1GCC\s0 with the default language
814 set to \*(C+, and automatically specifies linking against the \*(C+
815 library. On many systems, \fBg++\fR is also
816 installed with the name \fBc++\fR.
818 When you compile \*(C+ programs, you may specify many of the same
819 command-line options that you use for compiling programs in any
820 language; or command-line options meaningful for C and related
821 languages; or options that are meaningful only for \*(C+ programs.
822 .Sh "Options Controlling C Dialect"
823 .IX Subsection "Options Controlling C Dialect"
824 The following options control the dialect of C (or languages derived
825 from C, such as \*(C+ and Objective C) that the compiler accepts:
828 In C mode, support all \s-1ISO\s0 C89 programs. In \*(C+ mode,
829 remove \s-1GNU\s0 extensions that conflict with \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+.
831 This turns off certain features of \s-1GCC\s0 that are incompatible with \s-1ISO\s0
832 C (when compiling C code), or of standard \*(C+ (when compiling \*(C+ code),
833 such as the \f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR keywords, and
834 predefined macros such as \f(CW\*(C`unix\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`vax\*(C'\fR that identify the
835 type of system you are using. It also enables the undesirable and
836 rarely used \s-1ISO\s0 trigraph feature. For the C compiler,
837 it disables recognition of \*(C+ style \fB//\fR comments as well as
838 the \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR keyword.
840 The alternate keywords \f(CW\*(C`_\|_asm_\|_\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_extension_\|_\*(C'\fR,
841 \&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_inline_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_typeof_\|_\*(C'\fR continue to work despite
842 \&\fB\-ansi\fR. You would not want to use them in an \s-1ISO\s0 C program, of
843 course, but it is useful to put them in header files that might be included
844 in compilations done with \fB\-ansi\fR. Alternate predefined macros
845 such as \f(CW\*(C`_\|_unix_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_vax_\|_\*(C'\fR are also available, with or
846 without \fB\-ansi\fR.
848 The \fB\-ansi\fR option does not cause non-ISO programs to be
849 rejected gratuitously. For that, \fB\-pedantic\fR is required in
850 addition to \fB\-ansi\fR.
852 The macro \f(CW\*(C`_\|_STRICT_ANSI_\|_\*(C'\fR is predefined when the \fB\-ansi\fR
853 option is used. Some header files may notice this macro and refrain
854 from declaring certain functions or defining certain macros that the
855 \&\s-1ISO\s0 standard doesn't call for; this is to avoid interfering with any
856 programs that might use these names for other things.
858 Functions which would normally be builtin but do not have semantics
859 defined by \s-1ISO\s0 C (such as \f(CW\*(C`alloca\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ffs\*(C'\fR) are not builtin
860 functions with \fB\-ansi\fR is used.
863 Determine the language standard. A value for this option must be provided;
866 .Ip "\fBiso9899:1990\fR" 4
867 .IX Item "iso9899:1990"
869 .Ip "\fBiso9899:199409\fR" 4
870 .IX Item "iso9899:199409"
871 \&\s-1ISO\s0 C as modified in amend. 1
872 .Ip "\fBiso9899:1999\fR" 4
873 .IX Item "iso9899:1999"
874 \&\s-1ISO\s0 C99. Note that this standard is not yet fully supported; see
875 <\fBhttp://gcc.gnu.org/c99status.html\fR> for more information.
878 same as \fB\-std=iso9899:1990\fR
881 same as \fB\-std=iso9899:1999\fR
884 default, iso9899:1990 + gnu extensions
887 iso9899:1999 + gnu extensions
888 .Ip "\fBiso9899:199x\fR" 4
889 .IX Item "iso9899:199x"
890 same as \fB\-std=iso9899:1999\fR, deprecated
893 same as \fB\-std=iso9899:1999\fR, deprecated
896 same as \fB\-std=gnu99\fR, deprecated
900 Even when this option is not specified, you can still use some of the
901 features of newer standards in so far as they do not conflict with
902 previous C standards. For example, you may use \f(CW\*(C`_\|_restrict_\|_\*(C'\fR even
903 when \fB\-std=c99\fR is not specified.
905 The \fB\-std\fR options specifying some version of \s-1ISO\s0 C have the same
906 effects as \fB\-ansi\fR, except that features that were not in \s-1ISO\s0 C89
907 but are in the specified version (for example, \fB//\fR comments and
908 the \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR keyword in \s-1ISO\s0 C99) are not disabled.
910 .Ip "\fB\-fno-asm\fR" 4
912 Do not recognize \f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR as a
913 keyword, so that code can use these words as identifiers. You can use
914 the keywords \f(CW\*(C`_\|_asm_\|_\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_inline_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_typeof_\|_\*(C'\fR
915 instead. \fB\-ansi\fR implies \fB\-fno-asm\fR.
917 In \*(C+, this switch only affects the \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR keyword, since
918 \&\f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR are standard keywords. You may want to
919 use the \fB\-fno-gnu-keywords\fR flag instead, which has the same
920 effect. In C99 mode (\fB\-std=c99\fR or \fB\-std=gnu99\fR), this
921 switch only affects the \f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR keywords, since
922 \&\f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR is a standard keyword in \s-1ISO\s0 C99.
923 .Ip "\fB\-fno-builtin\fR" 4
924 .IX Item "-fno-builtin"
925 Don't recognize builtin functions that do not begin with
926 \&\fB_\|_builtin_\fR as prefix.
928 \&\s-1GCC\s0 normally generates special code to handle certain builtin functions
929 more efficiently; for instance, calls to \f(CW\*(C`alloca\*(C'\fR may become single
930 instructions that adjust the stack directly, and calls to \f(CW\*(C`memcpy\*(C'\fR
931 may become inline copy loops. The resulting code is often both smaller
932 and faster, but since the function calls no longer appear as such, you
933 cannot set a breakpoint on those calls, nor can you change the behavior
934 of the functions by linking with a different library.
935 .Ip "\fB\-fhosted\fR" 4
937 Assert that compilation takes place in a hosted environment. This implies
938 \&\fB\-fbuiltin\fR. A hosted environment is one in which the
939 entire standard library is available, and in which \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR has a return
940 type of \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR. Examples are nearly everything except a kernel.
941 This is equivalent to \fB\-fno-freestanding\fR.
942 .Ip "\fB\-ffreestanding\fR" 4
943 .IX Item "-ffreestanding"
944 Assert that compilation takes place in a freestanding environment. This
945 implies \fB\-fno-builtin\fR. A freestanding environment
946 is one in which the standard library may not exist, and program startup may
947 not necessarily be at \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR. The most obvious example is an \s-1OS\s0 kernel.
948 This is equivalent to \fB\-fno-hosted\fR.
949 .Ip "\fB\-trigraphs\fR" 4
950 .IX Item "-trigraphs"
951 Support \s-1ISO\s0 C trigraphs. You don't want to know about this
952 brain-damage. The \fB\-ansi\fR option (and \fB\-std\fR options for
953 strict \s-1ISO\s0 C conformance) implies \fB\-trigraphs\fR.
954 .Ip "\fB\-traditional\fR" 4
955 .IX Item "-traditional"
956 Attempt to support some aspects of traditional C compilers.
960 All \f(CW\*(C`extern\*(C'\fR declarations take effect globally even if they
961 are written inside of a function definition. This includes implicit
962 declarations of functions.
964 The newer keywords \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`signed\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR
965 and \f(CW\*(C`volatile\*(C'\fR are not recognized. (You can still use the
966 alternative keywords such as \f(CW\*(C`_\|_typeof_\|_\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_\|_inline_\|_\*(C'\fR, and
969 Comparisons between pointers and integers are always allowed.
971 Integer types \f(CW\*(C`unsigned short\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`unsigned char\*(C'\fR promote
972 to \f(CW\*(C`unsigned int\*(C'\fR.
974 Out-of-range floating point literals are not an error.
976 Certain constructs which \s-1ISO\s0 regards as a single invalid preprocessing
977 number, such as \fB0xe-0xd\fR, are treated as expressions instead.
979 String ``constants'' are not necessarily constant; they are stored in
980 writable space, and identical looking constants are allocated
981 separately. (This is the same as the effect of
982 \&\fB\-fwritable-strings\fR.)
984 All automatic variables not declared \f(CW\*(C`register\*(C'\fR are preserved by
985 \&\f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR. Ordinarily, \s-1GNU\s0 C follows \s-1ISO\s0 C: automatic variables
986 not declared \f(CW\*(C`volatile\*(C'\fR may be clobbered.
988 The character escape sequences \fB\ex\fR and \fB\ea\fR evaluate as the
989 literal characters \fBx\fR and \fBa\fR respectively. Without
990 \&\fB\-traditional\fR, \fB\ex\fR is a prefix for the hexadecimal
991 representation of a character, and \fB\ea\fR produces a bell.
995 You may wish to use \fB\-fno-builtin\fR as well as \fB\-traditional\fR
996 if your program uses names that are normally \s-1GNU\s0 C builtin functions for
997 other purposes of its own.
999 You cannot use \fB\-traditional\fR if you include any header files that
1000 rely on \s-1ISO\s0 C features. Some vendors are starting to ship systems with
1001 \&\s-1ISO\s0 C header files and you cannot use \fB\-traditional\fR on such
1002 systems to compile files that include any system headers.
1004 The \fB\-traditional\fR option also enables \fB\-traditional-cpp\fR,
1005 which is described next.
1007 .Ip "\fB\-traditional-cpp\fR" 4
1008 .IX Item "-traditional-cpp"
1009 Attempt to support some aspects of traditional C preprocessors.
1013 Comments convert to nothing at all, rather than to a space. This allows
1014 traditional token concatenation.
1016 In a preprocessing directive, the \fB#\fR symbol must appear as the first
1017 character of a line.
1019 Macro arguments are recognized within string constants in a macro
1020 definition (and their values are stringified, though without additional
1021 quote marks, when they appear in such a context). The preprocessor
1022 always considers a string constant to end at a newline.
1024 The predefined macro \f(CW\*(C`_\|_STDC_\|_\*(C'\fR is not defined when you use
1025 \&\fB\-traditional\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`_\|_GNUC_\|_\*(C'\fR is (since the \s-1GNU\s0 extensions
1026 which \f(CW\*(C`_\|_GNUC_\|_\*(C'\fR indicates are not affected by
1027 \&\fB\-traditional\fR). If you need to write header files that work
1028 differently depending on whether \fB\-traditional\fR is in use, by
1029 testing both of these predefined macros you can distinguish four
1030 situations: \s-1GNU\s0 C, traditional \s-1GNU\s0 C, other \s-1ISO\s0 C compilers, and other
1031 old C compilers. The predefined macro \f(CW\*(C`_\|_STDC_VERSION_\|_\*(C'\fR is also
1032 not defined when you use \fB\-traditional\fR.
1034 The preprocessor considers a string constant to end at a newline (unless
1035 the newline is escaped with \fB\e\fR). (Without \fB\-traditional\fR,
1036 string constants can contain the newline character as typed.)
1040 .Ip "\fB\-fcond-mismatch\fR" 4
1041 .IX Item "-fcond-mismatch"
1042 Allow conditional expressions with mismatched types in the second and
1043 third arguments. The value of such an expression is void. This option
1044 is not supported for \*(C+.
1045 .Ip "\fB\-funsigned-char\fR" 4
1046 .IX Item "-funsigned-char"
1047 Let the type \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR be unsigned, like \f(CW\*(C`unsigned char\*(C'\fR.
1049 Each kind of machine has a default for what \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR should
1050 be. It is either like \f(CW\*(C`unsigned char\*(C'\fR by default or like
1051 \&\f(CW\*(C`signed char\*(C'\fR by default.
1053 Ideally, a portable program should always use \f(CW\*(C`signed char\*(C'\fR or
1054 \&\f(CW\*(C`unsigned char\*(C'\fR when it depends on the signedness of an object.
1055 But many programs have been written to use plain \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR and
1056 expect it to be signed, or expect it to be unsigned, depending on the
1057 machines they were written for. This option, and its inverse, let you
1058 make such a program work with the opposite default.
1060 The type \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR is always a distinct type from each of
1061 \&\f(CW\*(C`signed char\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`unsigned char\*(C'\fR, even though its behavior
1062 is always just like one of those two.
1063 .Ip "\fB\-fsigned-char\fR" 4
1064 .IX Item "-fsigned-char"
1065 Let the type \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR be signed, like \f(CW\*(C`signed char\*(C'\fR.
1067 Note that this is equivalent to \fB\-fno-unsigned-char\fR, which is
1068 the negative form of \fB\-funsigned-char\fR. Likewise, the option
1069 \&\fB\-fno-signed-char\fR is equivalent to \fB\-funsigned-char\fR.
1071 You may wish to use \fB\-fno-builtin\fR as well as \fB\-traditional\fR
1072 if your program uses names that are normally \s-1GNU\s0 C builtin functions for
1073 other purposes of its own.
1075 You cannot use \fB\-traditional\fR if you include any header files that
1076 rely on \s-1ISO\s0 C features. Some vendors are starting to ship systems with
1077 \&\s-1ISO\s0 C header files and you cannot use \fB\-traditional\fR on such
1078 systems to compile files that include any system headers.
1079 .Ip "\fB\-fsigned-bitfields\fR" 4
1080 .IX Item "-fsigned-bitfields"
1082 .Ip "\fB\-funsigned-bitfields\fR" 4
1083 .IX Item "-funsigned-bitfields"
1084 .Ip "\fB\-fno-signed-bitfields\fR" 4
1085 .IX Item "-fno-signed-bitfields"
1086 .Ip "\fB\-fno-unsigned-bitfields\fR" 4
1087 .IX Item "-fno-unsigned-bitfields"
1089 These options control whether a bitfield is signed or unsigned, when the
1090 declaration does not use either \f(CW\*(C`signed\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`unsigned\*(C'\fR. By
1091 default, such a bitfield is signed, because this is consistent: the
1092 basic integer types such as \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR are signed types.
1094 However, when \fB\-traditional\fR is used, bitfields are all unsigned
1096 .Ip "\fB\-fwritable-strings\fR" 4
1097 .IX Item "-fwritable-strings"
1098 Store string constants in the writable data segment and don't uniquize
1099 them. This is for compatibility with old programs which assume they can
1100 write into string constants. The option \fB\-traditional\fR also has
1103 Writing into string constants is a very bad idea; ``constants'' should
1105 .Ip "\fB\-fallow-single-precision\fR" 4
1106 .IX Item "-fallow-single-precision"
1107 Do not promote single precision math operations to double precision,
1108 even when compiling with \fB\-traditional\fR.
1110 Traditional K&R C promotes all floating point operations to double
1111 precision, regardless of the sizes of the operands. On the
1112 architecture for which you are compiling, single precision may be faster
1113 than double precision. If you must use \fB\-traditional\fR, but want
1114 to use single precision operations when the operands are single
1115 precision, use this option. This option has no effect when compiling
1116 with \s-1ISO\s0 or \s-1GNU\s0 C conventions (the default).
1117 .Ip "\fB\-fshort-wchar\fR" 4
1118 .IX Item "-fshort-wchar"
1119 Override the underlying type for \fBwchar_t\fR to be \fBshort
1120 unsigned int\fR instead of the default for the target. This option is
1121 useful for building programs to run under \s-1WINE\s0.
1122 .Sh "Options Controlling \*(C+ Dialect"
1123 .IX Subsection "Options Controlling Dialect"
1124 This section describes the command-line options that are only meaningful
1125 for \*(C+ programs; but you can also use most of the \s-1GNU\s0 compiler options
1126 regardless of what language your program is in. For example, you
1127 might compile a file \f(CW\*(C`firstClass.C\*(C'\fR like this:
1130 \& g++ -g -frepo -O -c firstClass.C
1132 In this example, only \fB\-frepo\fR is an option meant
1133 only for \*(C+ programs; you can use the other options with any
1134 language supported by \s-1GCC\s0.
1136 Here is a list of options that are \fIonly\fR for compiling \*(C+ programs:
1137 .Ip "\fB\-fno-access-control\fR" 4
1138 .IX Item "-fno-access-control"
1139 Turn off all access checking. This switch is mainly useful for working
1140 around bugs in the access control code.
1141 .Ip "\fB\-fcheck-new\fR" 4
1142 .IX Item "-fcheck-new"
1143 Check that the pointer returned by \f(CW\*(C`operator new\*(C'\fR is non-null
1144 before attempting to modify the storage allocated. The current Working
1145 Paper requires that \f(CW\*(C`operator new\*(C'\fR never return a null pointer, so
1146 this check is normally unnecessary.
1148 An alternative to using this option is to specify that your
1149 \&\f(CW\*(C`operator new\*(C'\fR does not throw any exceptions; if you declare it
1150 \&\fB\f(BIthrow()\fB\fR, g++ will check the return value. See also \fBnew
1152 .Ip "\fB\-fconserve-space\fR" 4
1153 .IX Item "-fconserve-space"
1154 Put uninitialized or runtime-initialized global variables into the
1155 common segment, as C does. This saves space in the executable at the
1156 cost of not diagnosing duplicate definitions. If you compile with this
1157 flag and your program mysteriously crashes after \f(CW\*(C`main()\*(C'\fR has
1158 completed, you may have an object that is being destroyed twice because
1159 two definitions were merged.
1161 This option is no longer useful on most targets, now that support has
1162 been added for putting variables into \s-1BSS\s0 without making them common.
1163 .Ip "\fB\-fdollars-in-identifiers\fR" 4
1164 .IX Item "-fdollars-in-identifiers"
1165 Accept \fB$\fR in identifiers. You can also explicitly prohibit use of
1166 \&\fB$\fR with the option \fB\-fno-dollars-in-identifiers\fR. (\s-1GNU\s0 C allows
1167 \&\fB$\fR by default on most target systems, but there are a few exceptions.)
1168 Traditional C allowed the character \fB$\fR to form part of
1169 identifiers. However, \s-1ISO\s0 C and \*(C+ forbid \fB$\fR in identifiers.
1170 .Ip "\fB\-fno-elide-constructors\fR" 4
1171 .IX Item "-fno-elide-constructors"
1172 The \*(C+ standard allows an implementation to omit creating a temporary
1173 which is only used to initialize another object of the same type.
1174 Specifying this option disables that optimization, and forces g++ to
1175 call the copy constructor in all cases.
1176 .Ip "\fB\-fno-enforce-eh-specs\fR" 4
1177 .IX Item "-fno-enforce-eh-specs"
1178 Don't check for violation of exception specifications at runtime. This
1179 option violates the \*(C+ standard, but may be useful for reducing code
1180 size in production builds, much like defining \fB\s-1NDEBUG\s0\fR. The compiler
1181 will still optimize based on the exception specifications.
1182 .Ip "\fB\-fexternal-templates\fR" 4
1183 .IX Item "-fexternal-templates"
1184 Cause template instantiations to obey \fB#pragma interface\fR and
1185 \&\fBimplementation\fR; template instances are emitted or not according
1186 to the location of the template definition.
1188 This option is deprecated.
1189 .Ip "\fB\-falt-external-templates\fR" 4
1190 .IX Item "-falt-external-templates"
1191 Similar to \-fexternal-templates, but template instances are emitted or
1192 not according to the place where they are first instantiated.
1194 This option is deprecated.
1195 .Ip "\fB\-ffor-scope\fR" 4
1196 .IX Item "-ffor-scope"
1198 .Ip "\fB\-fno-for-scope\fR" 4
1199 .IX Item "-fno-for-scope"
1201 If \-ffor-scope is specified, the scope of variables declared in
1202 a \fIfor-init-statement\fR is limited to the \fBfor\fR loop itself,
1203 as specified by the \*(C+ standard.
1204 If \-fno-for-scope is specified, the scope of variables declared in
1205 a \fIfor-init-statement\fR extends to the end of the enclosing scope,
1206 as was the case in old versions of gcc, and other (traditional)
1207 implementations of \*(C+.
1209 The default if neither flag is given to follow the standard,
1210 but to allow and give a warning for old-style code that would
1211 otherwise be invalid, or have different behavior.
1212 .Ip "\fB\-fno-gnu-keywords\fR" 4
1213 .IX Item "-fno-gnu-keywords"
1214 Do not recognize \f(CW\*(C`typeof\*(C'\fR as a keyword, so that code can use this
1215 word as an identifier. You can use the keyword \f(CW\*(C`_\|_typeof_\|_\*(C'\fR instead.
1216 \&\fB\-ansi\fR implies \fB\-fno-gnu-keywords\fR.
1217 .Ip "\fB\-fhonor-std\fR" 4
1218 .IX Item "-fhonor-std"
1219 Treat the \f(CW\*(C`namespace std\*(C'\fR as a namespace, instead of ignoring
1220 it. For compatibility with earlier versions of g++, the compiler will,
1221 by default, ignore \f(CW\*(C`namespace\-declarations\*(C'\fR,
1222 \&\f(CW\*(C`using\-declarations\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`using\-directives\*(C'\fR, and
1223 \&\f(CW\*(C`namespace\-names\*(C'\fR, if they involve \f(CW\*(C`std\*(C'\fR.
1224 .Ip "\fB\-fhuge-objects\fR" 4
1225 .IX Item "-fhuge-objects"
1226 Support virtual function calls for objects that exceed the size
1227 representable by a \fBshort int\fR. Users should not use this flag by
1228 default; if you need to use it, the compiler will tell you so.
1230 This flag is not useful when compiling with \-fvtable-thunks.
1232 Like all options that change the \s-1ABI\s0, all \*(C+ code, \fIincluding
1233 libgcc\fR must be built with the same setting of this option.
1234 .Ip "\fB\-fno-implicit-templates\fR" 4
1235 .IX Item "-fno-implicit-templates"
1236 Never emit code for non-inline templates which are instantiated
1237 implicitly (i.e. by use); only emit code for explicit instantiations.
1238 .Ip "\fB\-fno-implicit-inline-templates\fR" 4
1239 .IX Item "-fno-implicit-inline-templates"
1240 Don't emit code for implicit instantiations of inline templates, either.
1241 The default is to handle inlines differently so that compiles with and
1242 without optimization will need the same set of explicit instantiations.
1243 .Ip "\fB\-fno-implement-inlines\fR" 4
1244 .IX Item "-fno-implement-inlines"
1245 To save space, do not emit out-of-line copies of inline functions
1246 controlled by \fB#pragma implementation\fR. This will cause linker
1247 errors if these functions are not inlined everywhere they are called.
1248 .Ip "\fB\-fms-extensions\fR" 4
1249 .IX Item "-fms-extensions"
1250 Disable pedantic warnings about constructs used in \s-1MFC\s0, such as implicit
1251 int and getting a pointer to member function via non-standard syntax.
1252 .Ip "\fB\-fno-operator-names\fR" 4
1253 .IX Item "-fno-operator-names"
1254 Do not treat the operator name keywords \f(CW\*(C`and\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`bitand\*(C'\fR,
1255 \&\f(CW\*(C`bitor\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`compl\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`not\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`or\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`xor\*(C'\fR as
1256 synonyms as keywords.
1257 .Ip "\fB\-fno-optional-diags\fR" 4
1258 .IX Item "-fno-optional-diags"
1259 Disable diagnostics that the standard says a compiler does not need to
1260 issue. Currently, the only such diagnostic issued by g++ is the one for
1261 a name having multiple meanings within a class.
1262 .Ip "\fB\-fpermissive\fR" 4
1263 .IX Item "-fpermissive"
1264 Downgrade messages about nonconformant code from errors to warnings. By
1265 default, g++ effectively sets \fB\-pedantic-errors\fR without
1266 \&\fB\-pedantic\fR; this option reverses that. This behavior and this
1267 option are superseded by \fB\-pedantic\fR, which works as it does for \s-1GNU\s0 C.
1268 .Ip "\fB\-frepo\fR" 4
1270 Enable automatic template instantiation. This option also implies
1271 \&\fB\-fno-implicit-templates\fR.
1272 .Ip "\fB\-fno-rtti\fR" 4
1273 .IX Item "-fno-rtti"
1274 Disable generation of information about every class with virtual
1275 functions for use by the \*(C+ runtime type identification features
1276 (\fBdynamic_cast\fR and \fBtypeid\fR). If you don't use those parts
1277 of the language, you can save some space by using this flag. Note that
1278 exception handling uses the same information, but it will generate it as
1280 .Ip "\fB\-ftemplate-depth-\fR\fIn\fR" 4
1281 .IX Item "-ftemplate-depth-n"
1282 Set the maximum instantiation depth for template classes to \fIn\fR.
1283 A limit on the template instantiation depth is needed to detect
1284 endless recursions during template class instantiation. \s-1ANSI/ISO\s0 \*(C+
1285 conforming programs must not rely on a maximum depth greater than 17.
1286 .Ip "\fB\-fuse-cxa-atexit\fR" 4
1287 .IX Item "-fuse-cxa-atexit"
1288 Register destructors for objects with static storage duration with the
1289 \&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_cxa_atexit\*(C'\fR function rather than the \f(CW\*(C`atexit\*(C'\fR function.
1290 This option is required for fully standards-compliant handling of static
1291 destructors, but will only work if your C library supports
1292 \&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_cxa_atexit\*(C'\fR.
1293 .Ip "\fB\-fvtable-thunks\fR" 4
1294 .IX Item "-fvtable-thunks"
1295 Use \fBthunks\fR to implement the virtual function dispatch table
1296 (\fBvtable\fR). The traditional (cfront-style) approach to
1297 implementing vtables was to store a pointer to the function and two
1298 offsets for adjusting the \fBthis\fR pointer at the call site. Newer
1299 implementations store a single pointer to a \fBthunk\fR function which
1300 does any necessary adjustment and then calls the target function.
1302 This option also enables a heuristic for controlling emission of
1303 vtables; if a class has any non-inline virtual functions, the vtable
1304 will be emitted in the translation unit containing the first one of
1307 Like all options that change the \s-1ABI\s0, all \*(C+ code, \fIincluding
1308 libgcc.a\fR must be built with the same setting of this option.
1309 .Ip "\fB\-nostdinc++\fR" 4
1310 .IX Item "-nostdinc++"
1311 Do not search for header files in the standard directories specific to
1312 \&\*(C+, but do still search the other standard directories. (This option
1313 is used when building the \*(C+ library.)
1315 In addition, these optimization, warning, and code generation options
1316 have meanings only for \*(C+ programs:
1317 .Ip "\fB\-fno-default-inline\fR" 4
1318 .IX Item "-fno-default-inline"
1319 Do not assume \fBinline\fR for functions defined inside a class scope.
1321 functions will have linkage like inline functions; they just won't be
1323 .Ip "\fB\-Wctor-dtor-privacy (\*(C+ only)\fR" 4
1324 .IX Item "-Wctor-dtor-privacy ( only)"
1325 Warn when a class seems unusable, because all the constructors or
1326 destructors in a class are private and the class has no friends or
1327 public static member functions.
1328 .Ip "\fB\-Wnon-virtual-dtor (\*(C+ only)\fR" 4
1329 .IX Item "-Wnon-virtual-dtor ( only)"
1330 Warn when a class declares a non-virtual destructor that should probably
1331 be virtual, because it looks like the class will be used polymorphically.
1332 .Ip "\fB\-Wreorder (\*(C+ only)\fR" 4
1333 .IX Item "-Wreorder ( only)"
1334 Warn when the order of member initializers given in the code does not
1335 match the order in which they must be executed. For instance:
1341 \& A(): j (0), i (1) { }
1344 Here the compiler will warn that the member initializers for \fBi\fR
1345 and \fBj\fR will be rearranged to match the declaration order of the
1348 The following \fB\-W...\fR options are not affected by \fB\-Wall\fR.
1349 .Ip "\fB\-Weffc++ (\*(C+ only)\fR" 4
1350 .IX Item "-Weffc++ ( only)"
1351 Warn about violations of various style guidelines from Scott Meyers'
1352 \&\fIEffective \*(C+\fR books. If you use this option, you should be aware
1353 that the standard library headers do not obey all of these guidelines;
1354 you can use \fBgrep \-v\fR to filter out those warnings.
1355 .Ip "\fB\-Wno-deprecated (\*(C+ only)\fR" 4
1356 .IX Item "-Wno-deprecated ( only)"
1357 Do not warn about usage of deprecated features.
1358 .Ip "\fB\-Wno-non-template-friend (\*(C+ only)\fR" 4
1359 .IX Item "-Wno-non-template-friend ( only)"
1360 Disable warnings when non-templatized friend functions are declared
1361 within a template. With the advent of explicit template specification
1362 support in g++, if the name of the friend is an unqualified-id (ie,
1363 \&\fBfriend foo(int)\fR), the \*(C+ language specification demands that the
1364 friend declare or define an ordinary, nontemplate function. (Section
1365 14.5.3). Before g++ implemented explicit specification, unqualified-ids
1366 could be interpreted as a particular specialization of a templatized
1367 function. Because this non-conforming behavior is no longer the default
1368 behavior for g++, \fB\-Wnon-template-friend\fR allows the compiler to
1369 check existing code for potential trouble spots, and is on by default.
1370 This new compiler behavior can be turned off with
1371 \&\fB\-Wno-non-template-friend\fR which keeps the conformant compiler code
1372 but disables the helpful warning.
1373 .Ip "\fB\-Wold-style-cast (\*(C+ only)\fR" 4
1374 .IX Item "-Wold-style-cast ( only)"
1375 Warn if an old-style (C-style) cast is used within a \*(C+ program. The
1376 new-style casts (\fBstatic_cast\fR, \fBreinterpret_cast\fR, and
1377 \&\fBconst_cast\fR) are less vulnerable to unintended effects.
1378 .Ip "\fB\-Woverloaded-virtual (\*(C+ only)\fR" 4
1379 .IX Item "-Woverloaded-virtual ( only)"
1380 Warn when a function declaration hides virtual functions from a
1381 base class. For example, in:
1385 \& virtual void f();
1389 \& struct B: public A {
1393 the \f(CW\*(C`A\*(C'\fR class version of \f(CW\*(C`f\*(C'\fR is hidden in \f(CW\*(C`B\*(C'\fR, and code
1400 will fail to compile.
1401 .Ip "\fB\-Wno-pmf-conversions (\*(C+ only)\fR" 4
1402 .IX Item "-Wno-pmf-conversions ( only)"
1403 Disable the diagnostic for converting a bound pointer to member function
1405 .Ip "\fB\-Wsign-promo (\*(C+ only)\fR" 4
1406 .IX Item "-Wsign-promo ( only)"
1407 Warn when overload resolution chooses a promotion from unsigned or
1408 enumeral type to a signed type over a conversion to an unsigned type of
1409 the same size. Previous versions of g++ would try to preserve
1410 unsignedness, but the standard mandates the current behavior.
1411 .Ip "\fB\-Wsynth (\*(C+ only)\fR" 4
1412 .IX Item "-Wsynth ( only)"
1413 Warn when g++'s synthesis behavior does not match that of cfront. For
1419 \& A& operator = (int);
1429 In this example, g++ will synthesize a default \fBA& operator =
1430 (const A&);\fR, while cfront will use the user-defined \fBoperator =\fR.
1431 .Sh "Options to Control Diagnostic Messages Formatting"
1432 .IX Subsection "Options to Control Diagnostic Messages Formatting"
1433 Traditionally, diagnostic messages have been formatted irrespective of
1434 the output device's aspect (e.g. its width, ...). The options described
1435 below can be used to control the diagnostic messages formatting
1436 algorithm, e.g. how many characters per line, how often source location
1437 information should be reported. Right now, only the \*(C+ front-end can
1438 honor these options. However it is expected, in the near future, that
1439 the remaining front-ends would be able to digest them correctly.
1440 .Ip "\fB\-fmessage-length=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
1441 .IX Item "-fmessage-length=n"
1442 Try to format error messages so that they fit on lines of about \fIn\fR
1443 characters. The default is 72 characters for g++ and 0 for the rest of
1444 the front-ends supported by \s-1GCC\s0. If \fIn\fR is zero, then no
1445 line-wrapping will be done; each error message will appear on a single
1447 .Ip "\fB\-fdiagnostics-show-location=once\fR" 4
1448 .IX Item "-fdiagnostics-show-location=once"
1449 Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode. Instructs the diagnostic messages
1450 reporter to emit \fIonce\fR source location information; that is, in
1451 case the message is too long to fit on a single physical line and has to
1452 be wrapped, the source location won't be emitted (as prefix) again,
1453 over and over, in subsequent continuation lines. This is the default
1455 .Ip "\fB\-fdiagnostics-show-location=every-line\fR" 4
1456 .IX Item "-fdiagnostics-show-location=every-line"
1457 Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode. Instructs the diagnostic
1458 messages reporter to emit the same source location information (as
1459 prefix) for physical lines that result from the process of breaking a
1460 a message which is too long to fit on a single line.
1461 .Sh "Options to Request or Suppress Warnings"
1462 .IX Subsection "Options to Request or Suppress Warnings"
1463 Warnings are diagnostic messages that report constructions which
1464 are not inherently erroneous but which are risky or suggest there
1465 may have been an error.
1467 You can request many specific warnings with options beginning \fB\-W\fR,
1468 for example \fB\-Wimplicit\fR to request warnings on implicit
1469 declarations. Each of these specific warning options also has a
1470 negative form beginning \fB\-Wno-\fR to turn off warnings;
1471 for example, \fB\-Wno-implicit\fR. This manual lists only one of the
1472 two forms, whichever is not the default.
1474 These options control the amount and kinds of warnings produced by \s-1GCC:\s0
1475 .Ip "\fB\-fsyntax-only\fR" 4
1476 .IX Item "-fsyntax-only"
1477 Check the code for syntax errors, but don't do anything beyond that.
1478 .Ip "\fB\-pedantic\fR" 4
1479 .IX Item "-pedantic"
1480 Issue all the warnings demanded by strict \s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+;
1481 reject all programs that use forbidden extensions, and some other
1482 programs that do not follow \s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+. For \s-1ISO\s0 C, follows the
1483 version of the \s-1ISO\s0 C standard specified by any \fB\-std\fR option used.
1485 Valid \s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ programs should compile properly with or without
1486 this option (though a rare few will require \fB\-ansi\fR or a
1487 \&\fB\-std\fR option specifying the required version of \s-1ISO\s0 C). However,
1488 without this option, certain \s-1GNU\s0 extensions and traditional C and \*(C+
1489 features are supported as well. With this option, they are rejected.
1491 \&\fB\-pedantic\fR does not cause warning messages for use of the
1492 alternate keywords whose names begin and end with \fB_\|_\fR. Pedantic
1493 warnings are also disabled in the expression that follows
1494 \&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_extension_\|_\*(C'\fR. However, only system header files should use
1495 these escape routes; application programs should avoid them.
1497 Some users try to use \fB\-pedantic\fR to check programs for strict \s-1ISO\s0
1498 C conformance. They soon find that it does not do quite what they want:
1499 it finds some non-ISO practices, but not all\-\-\-only those for which
1500 \&\s-1ISO\s0 C \fIrequires\fR a diagnostic, and some others for which
1501 diagnostics have been added.
1503 A feature to report any failure to conform to \s-1ISO\s0 C might be useful in
1504 some instances, but would require considerable additional work and would
1505 be quite different from \fB\-pedantic\fR. We don't have plans to
1506 support such a feature in the near future.
1507 .Ip "\fB\-pedantic-errors\fR" 4
1508 .IX Item "-pedantic-errors"
1509 Like \fB\-pedantic\fR, except that errors are produced rather than
1513 Inhibit all warning messages.
1514 .Ip "\fB\-Wno-import\fR" 4
1515 .IX Item "-Wno-import"
1516 Inhibit warning messages about the use of \fB#import\fR.
1517 .Ip "\fB\-Wchar-subscripts\fR" 4
1518 .IX Item "-Wchar-subscripts"
1519 Warn if an array subscript has type \f(CW\*(C`char\*(C'\fR. This is a common cause
1520 of error, as programmers often forget that this type is signed on some
1522 .Ip "\fB\-Wcomment\fR" 4
1523 .IX Item "-Wcomment"
1524 Warn whenever a comment-start sequence \fB/*\fR appears in a \fB/*\fR
1525 comment, or whenever a Backslash-Newline appears in a \fB//\fR comment.
1526 .Ip "\fB\-Wformat\fR" 4
1528 Check calls to \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`scanf\*(C'\fR, etc., to make sure that
1529 the arguments supplied have types appropriate to the format string
1530 specified, and that the conversions specified in the format string make
1531 sense. This includes standard functions, and others specified by format
1532 attributes, in the \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR,
1533 \&\f(CW\*(C`scanf\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`strftime\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`strfmon\*(C'\fR (an X/Open extension,
1534 not in the C standard) families.
1536 The formats are checked against the format features supported by \s-1GNU\s0
1537 libc version 2.2. These include all \s-1ISO\s0 C89 and C99 features, as well
1538 as features from the Single Unix Specification and some \s-1BSD\s0 and \s-1GNU\s0
1539 extensions. Other library implementations may not support all these
1540 features; \s-1GCC\s0 does not support warning about features that go beyond a
1541 particular library's limitations. However, if \fB\-pedantic\fR is used
1542 with \fB\-Wformat\fR, warnings will be given about format features not
1543 in the selected standard version (but not for \f(CW\*(C`strfmon\*(C'\fR formats,
1544 since those are not in any version of the C standard).
1546 \&\fB\-Wformat\fR is included in \fB\-Wall\fR. For more control over some
1547 aspects of format checking, the options \fB\-Wno-format-y2k\fR,
1548 \&\fB\-Wno-format-extra-args\fR, \fB\-Wformat-nonliteral\fR,
1549 \&\fB\-Wformat-security\fR and \fB\-Wformat=2\fR are available, but are
1550 not included in \fB\-Wall\fR.
1551 .Ip "\fB\-Wno-format-y2k\fR" 4
1552 .IX Item "-Wno-format-y2k"
1553 If \fB\-Wformat\fR is specified, do not warn about \f(CW\*(C`strftime\*(C'\fR
1554 formats which may yield only a two-digit year.
1555 .Ip "\fB\-Wno-format-extra-args\fR" 4
1556 .IX Item "-Wno-format-extra-args"
1557 If \fB\-Wformat\fR is specified, do not warn about excess arguments to a
1558 \&\f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`scanf\*(C'\fR format function. The C standard specifies
1559 that such arguments are ignored.
1560 .Ip "\fB\-Wformat-nonliteral\fR" 4
1561 .IX Item "-Wformat-nonliteral"
1562 If \fB\-Wformat\fR is specified, also warn if the format string is not a
1563 string literal and so cannot be checked, unless the format function
1564 takes its format arguments as a \f(CW\*(C`va_list\*(C'\fR.
1565 .Ip "\fB\-Wformat-security\fR" 4
1566 .IX Item "-Wformat-security"
1567 If \fB\-Wformat\fR is specified, also warn about uses of format
1568 functions that represent possible security problems. At present, this
1569 warns about calls to \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`scanf\*(C'\fR functions where the
1570 format string is not a string literal and there are no format arguments,
1571 as in \f(CW\*(C`printf (foo);\*(C'\fR. This may be a security hole if the format
1572 string came from untrusted input and contains \fB%n\fR. (This is
1573 currently a subset of what \fB\-Wformat-nonliteral\fR warns about, but
1574 in future warnings may be added to \fB\-Wformat-security\fR that are not
1575 included in \fB\-Wformat-nonliteral\fR.)
1576 .Ip "\fB\-Wformat=2\fR" 4
1577 .IX Item "-Wformat=2"
1578 Enable \fB\-Wformat\fR plus format checks not included in
1579 \&\fB\-Wformat\fR. Currently equivalent to \fB\-Wformat
1580 \&\-Wformat-nonliteral \-Wformat-security\fR.
1581 .Ip "\fB\-Wimplicit-int\fR" 4
1582 .IX Item "-Wimplicit-int"
1583 Warn when a declaration does not specify a type.
1584 .Ip "\fB\-Wimplicit-function-declaration\fR" 4
1585 .IX Item "-Wimplicit-function-declaration"
1587 .Ip "\fB\-Werror-implicit-function-declaration\fR" 4
1588 .IX Item "-Werror-implicit-function-declaration"
1590 Give a warning (or error) whenever a function is used before being
1592 .Ip "\fB\-Wimplicit\fR" 4
1593 .IX Item "-Wimplicit"
1594 Same as \fB\-Wimplicit-int\fR and \fB\-Wimplicit-function-\fR\fBdeclaration\fR.
1595 .Ip "\fB\-Wmain\fR" 4
1597 Warn if the type of \fBmain\fR is suspicious. \fBmain\fR should be a
1598 function with external linkage, returning int, taking either zero
1599 arguments, two, or three arguments of appropriate types.
1600 .Ip "\fB\-Wmissing-braces\fR" 4
1601 .IX Item "-Wmissing-braces"
1602 Warn if an aggregate or union initializer is not fully bracketed. In
1603 the following example, the initializer for \fBa\fR is not fully
1604 bracketed, but that for \fBb\fR is fully bracketed.
1607 \& int a[2][2] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
1608 \& int b[2][2] = { { 0, 1 }, { 2, 3 } };
1610 .Ip "\fB\-Wmultichar\fR" 4
1611 .IX Item "-Wmultichar"
1612 Warn if a multicharacter constant (\fB'\s-1FOOF\s0'\fR) is used. Usually they
1613 indicate a typo in the user's code, as they have implementation-defined
1614 values, and should not be used in portable code.
1615 .Ip "\fB\-Wparentheses\fR" 4
1616 .IX Item "-Wparentheses"
1617 Warn if parentheses are omitted in certain contexts, such
1618 as when there is an assignment in a context where a truth value
1619 is expected, or when operators are nested whose precedence people
1620 often get confused about.
1622 Also warn about constructions where there may be confusion to which
1623 \&\f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR statement an \f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR branch belongs. Here is an example of
1635 In C, every \f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR branch belongs to the innermost possible \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR
1636 statement, which in this example is \f(CW\*(C`if (b)\*(C'\fR. This is often not
1637 what the programmer expected, as illustrated in the above example by
1638 indentation the programmer chose. When there is the potential for this
1639 confusion, \s-1GNU\s0 C will issue a warning when this flag is specified.
1640 To eliminate the warning, add explicit braces around the innermost
1641 \&\f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR statement so there is no way the \f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR could belong to
1642 the enclosing \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR. The resulting code would look like this:
1655 .Ip "\fB\-Wsequence-point\fR" 4
1656 .IX Item "-Wsequence-point"
1657 Warn about code that may have undefined semantics because of violations
1658 of sequence point rules in the C standard.
1660 The C standard defines the order in which expressions in a C program are
1661 evaluated in terms of \fIsequence points\fR, which represent a partial
1662 ordering between the execution of parts of the program: those executed
1663 before the sequence point, and those executed after it. These occur
1664 after the evaluation of a full expression (one which is not part of a
1665 larger expression), after the evaluation of the first operand of a
1666 \&\f(CW\*(C`&&\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`||\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`? :\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`,\*(C'\fR (comma) operator, before a
1667 function is called (but after the evaluation of its arguments and the
1668 expression denoting the called function), and in certain other places.
1669 Other than as expressed by the sequence point rules, the order of
1670 evaluation of subexpressions of an expression is not specified. All
1671 these rules describe only a partial order rather than a total order,
1672 since, for example, if two functions are called within one expression
1673 with no sequence point between them, the order in which the functions
1674 are called is not specified. However, the standards committee have
1675 ruled that function calls do not overlap.
1677 It is not specified when between sequence points modifications to the
1678 values of objects take effect. Programs whose behavior depends on this
1679 have undefined behavior; the C standard specifies that ``Between the
1680 previous and next sequence point an object shall have its stored value
1681 modified at most once by the evaluation of an expression. Furthermore,
1682 the prior value shall be read only to determine the value to be
1683 stored.''. If a program breaks these rules, the results on any
1684 particular implementation are entirely unpredictable.
1686 Examples of code with undefined behavior are \f(CW\*(C`a = a++;\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`a[n]
1687 = b[n++]\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`a[i++] = i;\*(C'\fR. Some more complicated cases are not
1688 diagnosed by this option, and it may give an occasional false positive
1689 result, but in general it has been found fairly effective at detecting
1690 this sort of problem in programs.
1692 The present implementation of this option only works for C programs. A
1693 future implementation may also work for \*(C+ programs.
1695 There is some controversy over the precise meaning of the sequence point
1696 rules in subtle cases. Alternative formal definitions may be found in
1697 Clive Feather's ``Annex S''
1698 <\fBhttp://wwwold.dkuug.dk/JTC1/SC22/WG14/www/docs/n925.htm\fR> and in
1699 Michael Norrish's thesis
1700 <\fBhttp://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/users/mn200/PhD/thesis-report.ps.gz\fR>.
1701 Other discussions are by Raymond Mak
1702 <\fBhttp://wwwold.dkuug.dk/JTC1/SC22/WG14/www/docs/n926.htm\fR> and
1704 <\fBhttp://wwwold.dkuug.dk/JTC1/SC22/WG14/www/docs/n927.htm\fR>.
1705 .Ip "\fB\-Wreturn-type\fR" 4
1706 .IX Item "-Wreturn-type"
1707 Warn whenever a function is defined with a return-type that defaults to
1708 \&\f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR. Also warn about any \f(CW\*(C`return\*(C'\fR statement with no
1709 return-value in a function whose return-type is not \f(CW\*(C`void\*(C'\fR.
1711 For \*(C+, a function without return type always produces a diagnostic
1712 message, even when \fB\-Wno-return-type\fR is specified. The only
1713 exceptions are \fBmain\fR and functions defined in system headers.
1714 .Ip "\fB\-Wswitch\fR" 4
1716 Warn whenever a \f(CW\*(C`switch\*(C'\fR statement has an index of enumeral type
1717 and lacks a \f(CW\*(C`case\*(C'\fR for one or more of the named codes of that
1718 enumeration. (The presence of a \f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR label prevents this
1719 warning.) \f(CW\*(C`case\*(C'\fR labels outside the enumeration range also
1720 provoke warnings when this option is used.
1721 .Ip "\fB\-Wtrigraphs\fR" 4
1722 .IX Item "-Wtrigraphs"
1723 Warn if any trigraphs are encountered that might change the meaning of
1724 the program (trigraphs within comments are not warned about).
1725 .Ip "\fB\-Wunused-function\fR" 4
1726 .IX Item "-Wunused-function"
1727 Warn whenever a static function is declared but not defined or a
1728 non\e-inline static function is unused.
1729 .Ip "\fB\-Wunused-label\fR" 4
1730 .IX Item "-Wunused-label"
1731 Warn whenever a label is declared but not used.
1733 To suppress this warning use the \fBunused\fR attribute.
1734 .Ip "\fB\-Wunused-parameter\fR" 4
1735 .IX Item "-Wunused-parameter"
1736 Warn whenever a function parameter is unused aside from its declaration.
1738 To suppress this warning use the \fBunused\fR attribute.
1739 .Ip "\fB\-Wunused-variable\fR" 4
1740 .IX Item "-Wunused-variable"
1741 Warn whenever a local variable or non-constant static variable is unused
1742 aside from its declaration
1744 To suppress this warning use the \fBunused\fR attribute.
1745 .Ip "\fB\-Wunused-value\fR" 4
1746 .IX Item "-Wunused-value"
1747 Warn whenever a statement computes a result that is explicitly not used.
1749 To suppress this warning cast the expression to \fBvoid\fR.
1750 .Ip "\fB\-Wunused\fR" 4
1752 All all the above \fB\-Wunused\fR options combined.
1754 In order to get a warning about an unused function parameter, you must
1755 either specify \fB\-W \-Wunused\fR or separately specify
1756 \&\fB\-Wunused-parameter\fR.
1757 .Ip "\fB\-Wuninitialized\fR" 4
1758 .IX Item "-Wuninitialized"
1759 Warn if an automatic variable is used without first being initialized or
1760 if a variable may be clobbered by a \f(CW\*(C`setjmp\*(C'\fR call.
1762 These warnings are possible only in optimizing compilation,
1763 because they require data flow information that is computed only
1764 when optimizing. If you don't specify \fB\-O\fR, you simply won't
1767 These warnings occur only for variables that are candidates for
1768 register allocation. Therefore, they do not occur for a variable that
1769 is declared \f(CW\*(C`volatile\*(C'\fR, or whose address is taken, or whose size
1770 is other than 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes. Also, they do not occur for
1771 structures, unions or arrays, even when they are in registers.
1773 Note that there may be no warning about a variable that is used only
1774 to compute a value that itself is never used, because such
1775 computations may be deleted by data flow analysis before the warnings
1778 These warnings are made optional because \s-1GCC\s0 is not smart
1779 enough to see all the reasons why the code might be correct
1780 despite appearing to have an error. Here is one example of how
1797 If the value of \f(CW\*(C`y\*(C'\fR is always 1, 2 or 3, then \f(CW\*(C`x\*(C'\fR is
1798 always initialized, but \s-1GCC\s0 doesn't know this. Here is
1799 another common case:
1804 \& if (change_y) save_y = y, y = new_y;
1806 \& if (change_y) y = save_y;
1809 This has no bug because \f(CW\*(C`save_y\*(C'\fR is used only if it is set.
1811 This option also warns when a non-volatile automatic variable might be
1812 changed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR. These warnings as well are possible
1813 only in optimizing compilation.
1815 The compiler sees only the calls to \f(CW\*(C`setjmp\*(C'\fR. It cannot know
1816 where \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR will be called; in fact, a signal handler could
1817 call it at any point in the code. As a result, you may get a warning
1818 even when there is in fact no problem because \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR cannot
1819 in fact be called at the place which would cause a problem.
1821 Some spurious warnings can be avoided if you declare all the functions
1822 you use that never return as \f(CW\*(C`noreturn\*(C'\fR.
1823 .Ip "\fB\-Wreorder (\*(C+ only)\fR" 4
1824 .IX Item "-Wreorder ( only)"
1825 Warn when the order of member initializers given in the code does not
1826 match the order in which they must be executed. For instance:
1827 .Ip "\fB\-Wunknown-pragmas\fR" 4
1828 .IX Item "-Wunknown-pragmas"
1829 Warn when a #pragma directive is encountered which is not understood by
1830 \&\s-1GCC\s0. If this command line option is used, warnings will even be issued
1831 for unknown pragmas in system header files. This is not the case if
1832 the warnings were only enabled by the \fB\-Wall\fR command line option.
1833 .Ip "\fB\-Wall\fR" 4
1835 All of the above \fB\-W\fR options combined. This enables all the
1836 warnings about constructions that some users consider questionable, and
1837 that are easy to avoid (or modify to prevent the warning), even in
1838 conjunction with macros.
1839 .Ip "\fB\-Wsystem-headers\fR" 4
1840 .IX Item "-Wsystem-headers"
1841 Print warning messages for constructs found in system header files.
1842 Warnings from system headers are normally suppressed, on the assumption
1843 that they usually do not indicate real problems and would only make the
1844 compiler output harder to read. Using this command line option tells
1845 \&\s-1GCC\s0 to emit warnings from system headers as if they occurred in user
1846 code. However, note that using \fB\-Wall\fR in conjunction with this
1847 option will \fInot\fR warn about unknown pragmas in system
1848 headers\-\-\-for that, \fB\-Wunknown-pragmas\fR must also be used.
1850 The following \fB\-W...\fR options are not implied by \fB\-Wall\fR.
1851 Some of them warn about constructions that users generally do not
1852 consider questionable, but which occasionally you might wish to check
1853 for; others warn about constructions that are necessary or hard to avoid
1854 in some cases, and there is no simple way to modify the code to suppress
1858 Print extra warning messages for these events:
1861 A function can return either with or without a value. (Falling
1862 off the end of the function body is considered returning without
1863 a value.) For example, this function would evoke such a
1874 An expression-statement or the left-hand side of a comma expression
1875 contains no side effects.
1876 To suppress the warning, cast the unused expression to void.
1877 For example, an expression such as \fBx[i,j]\fR will cause a warning,
1878 but \fBx[(void)i,j]\fR will not.
1880 An unsigned value is compared against zero with \fB<\fR or \fB<=\fR.
1882 A comparison like \fBx<=y<=z\fR appears; this is equivalent to
1883 \&\fB(x<=y ? 1 : 0) <= z\fR, which is a different interpretation from
1884 that of ordinary mathematical notation.
1886 Storage-class specifiers like \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR are not the first things in
1887 a declaration. According to the C Standard, this usage is obsolescent.
1889 The return type of a function has a type qualifier such as \f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR.
1890 Such a type qualifier has no effect, since the value returned by a
1891 function is not an lvalue. (But don't warn about the \s-1GNU\s0 extension of
1892 \&\f(CW\*(C`volatile void\*(C'\fR return types. That extension will be warned about
1893 if \fB\-pedantic\fR is specified.)
1895 If \fB\-Wall\fR or \fB\-Wunused\fR is also specified, warn about unused
1898 A comparison between signed and unsigned values could produce an
1899 incorrect result when the signed value is converted to unsigned.
1900 (But don't warn if \fB\-Wno-sign-compare\fR is also specified.)
1902 An aggregate has a partly bracketed initializer.
1903 For example, the following code would evoke such a warning,
1904 because braces are missing around the initializer for \f(CW\*(C`x.h\*(C'\fR:
1907 \& struct s { int f, g; };
1908 \& struct t { struct s h; int i; };
1909 \& struct t x = { 1, 2, 3 };
1912 An aggregate has an initializer which does not initialize all members.
1913 For example, the following code would cause such a warning, because
1914 \&\f(CW\*(C`x.h\*(C'\fR would be implicitly initialized to zero:
1917 \& struct s { int f, g, h; };
1918 \& struct s x = { 3, 4 };
1923 .Ip "\fB\-Wfloat-equal\fR" 4
1924 .IX Item "-Wfloat-equal"
1925 Warn if floating point values are used in equality comparisons.
1927 The idea behind this is that sometimes it is convenient (for the
1928 programmer) to consider floating-point values as approximations to
1929 infinitely precise real numbers. If you are doing this, then you need
1930 to compute (by analysing the code, or in some other way) the maximum or
1931 likely maximum error that the computation introduces, and allow for it
1932 when performing comparisons (and when producing output, but that's a
1933 different problem). In particular, instead of testing for equality, you
1934 would check to see whether the two values have ranges that overlap; and
1935 this is done with the relational operators, so equality comparisons are
1937 .Ip "\fB\-Wtraditional (C only)\fR" 4
1938 .IX Item "-Wtraditional (C only)"
1939 Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and
1940 \&\s-1ISO\s0 C. Also warn about \s-1ISO\s0 C constructs that have no traditional C
1941 equivalent, and/or problematic constructs which should be avoided.
1944 Macro parameters that appear within string literals in the macro body.
1945 In traditional C macro replacement takes place within string literals,
1946 but does not in \s-1ISO\s0 C.
1948 In traditional C, some preprocessor directives did not exist.
1949 Traditional preprocessors would only consider a line to be a directive
1950 if the \fB#\fR appeared in column 1 on the line. Therefore
1951 \&\fB\-Wtraditional\fR warns about directives that traditional C
1952 understands but would ignore because the \fB#\fR does not appear as the
1953 first character on the line. It also suggests you hide directives like
1954 \&\fB#pragma\fR not understood by traditional C by indenting them. Some
1955 traditional implementations would not recognise \fB#elif\fR, so it
1956 suggests avoiding it altogether.
1958 A function-like macro that appears without arguments.
1960 The unary plus operator.
1962 The `U' integer constant suffix, or the `F' or `L' floating point
1963 constant suffixes. (Traditonal C does support the `L' suffix on integer
1964 constants.) Note, these suffixes appear in macros defined in the system
1965 headers of most modern systems, e.g. the _MIN/_MAX macros in limits.h.
1966 Use of these macros in user code might normally lead to spurious
1967 warnings, however gcc's integrated preprocessor has enough context to
1968 avoid warning in these cases.
1970 A function declared external in one block and then used after the end of
1973 A \f(CW\*(C`switch\*(C'\fR statement has an operand of type \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR.
1975 A non-\f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR function declaration follows a \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR one.
1976 This construct is not accepted by some traditional C compilers.
1978 The \s-1ISO\s0 type of an integer constant has a different width or
1979 signedness from its traditional type. This warning is only issued if
1980 the base of the constant is ten. I.e. hexadecimal or octal values, which
1981 typically represent bit patterns, are not warned about.
1983 Usage of \s-1ISO\s0 string concatenation is detected.
1985 Initialization of automatic aggregates.
1987 Identifier conflicts with labels. Traditional C lacks a separate
1988 namespace for labels.
1990 Initialization of unions. If the initializer is zero, the warning is
1991 omitted. This is done under the assumption that the zero initializer in
1992 user code appears conditioned on e.g. \f(CW\*(C`_\|_STDC_\|_\*(C'\fR to avoid missing
1993 initializer warnings and relies on default initialization to zero in the
1996 Conversions by prototypes between fixed/floating point values and vice
1997 versa. The absence of these prototypes when compiling with traditional
1998 C would cause serious problems. This is a subset of the possible
1999 conversion warnings, for the full set use \fB\-Wconversion\fR.
2003 .Ip "\fB\-Wundef\fR" 4
2005 Warn if an undefined identifier is evaluated in an \fB#if\fR directive.
2006 .Ip "\fB\-Wshadow\fR" 4
2008 Warn whenever a local variable shadows another local variable, parameter or
2009 global variable or whenever a built-in function is shadowed.
2010 .Ip "\fB\-Wid-clash-\fR\fIlen\fR" 4
2011 .IX Item "-Wid-clash-len"
2012 Warn whenever two distinct identifiers match in the first \fIlen\fR
2013 characters. This may help you prepare a program that will compile
2014 with certain obsolete, brain-damaged compilers.
2015 .Ip "\fB\-Wlarger-than-\fR\fIlen\fR" 4
2016 .IX Item "-Wlarger-than-len"
2017 Warn whenever an object of larger than \fIlen\fR bytes is defined.
2018 .Ip "\fB\-Wpointer-arith\fR" 4
2019 .IX Item "-Wpointer-arith"
2020 Warn about anything that depends on the ``size of'' a function type or
2021 of \f(CW\*(C`void\*(C'\fR. \s-1GNU\s0 C assigns these types a size of 1, for
2022 convenience in calculations with \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR pointers and pointers
2024 .Ip "\fB\-Wbad-function-cast (C only)\fR" 4
2025 .IX Item "-Wbad-function-cast (C only)"
2026 Warn whenever a function call is cast to a non-matching type.
2027 For example, warn if \f(CW\*(C`int malloc()\*(C'\fR is cast to \f(CW\*(C`anything *\*(C'\fR.
2028 .Ip "\fB\-Wcast-qual\fR" 4
2029 .IX Item "-Wcast-qual"
2030 Warn whenever a pointer is cast so as to remove a type qualifier from
2031 the target type. For example, warn if a \f(CW\*(C`const char *\*(C'\fR is cast
2032 to an ordinary \f(CW\*(C`char *\*(C'\fR.
2033 .Ip "\fB\-Wcast-align\fR" 4
2034 .IX Item "-Wcast-align"
2035 Warn whenever a pointer is cast such that the required alignment of the
2036 target is increased. For example, warn if a \f(CW\*(C`char *\*(C'\fR is cast to
2037 an \f(CW\*(C`int *\*(C'\fR on machines where integers can only be accessed at
2038 two- or four-byte boundaries.
2039 .Ip "\fB\-Wwrite-strings\fR" 4
2040 .IX Item "-Wwrite-strings"
2041 Give string constants the type \f(CW\*(C`const char[\f(CIlength\f(CW]\*(C'\fR so that
2042 copying the address of one into a non-\f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR \f(CW\*(C`char *\*(C'\fR
2043 pointer will get a warning. These warnings will help you find at
2044 compile time code that can try to write into a string constant, but
2045 only if you have been very careful about using \f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR in
2046 declarations and prototypes. Otherwise, it will just be a nuisance;
2047 this is why we did not make \fB\-Wall\fR request these warnings.
2048 .Ip "\fB\-Wconversion\fR" 4
2049 .IX Item "-Wconversion"
2050 Warn if a prototype causes a type conversion that is different from what
2051 would happen to the same argument in the absence of a prototype. This
2052 includes conversions of fixed point to floating and vice versa, and
2053 conversions changing the width or signedness of a fixed point argument
2054 except when the same as the default promotion.
2056 Also, warn if a negative integer constant expression is implicitly
2057 converted to an unsigned type. For example, warn about the assignment
2058 \&\f(CW\*(C`x = \-1\*(C'\fR if \f(CW\*(C`x\*(C'\fR is unsigned. But do not warn about explicit
2059 casts like \f(CW\*(C`(unsigned) \-1\*(C'\fR.
2060 .Ip "\fB\-Wsign-compare\fR" 4
2061 .IX Item "-Wsign-compare"
2062 Warn when a comparison between signed and unsigned values could produce
2063 an incorrect result when the signed value is converted to unsigned.
2064 This warning is also enabled by \fB\-W\fR; to get the other warnings
2065 of \fB\-W\fR without this warning, use \fB\-W \-Wno-sign-compare\fR.
2066 .Ip "\fB\-Waggregate-return\fR" 4
2067 .IX Item "-Waggregate-return"
2068 Warn if any functions that return structures or unions are defined or
2069 called. (In languages where you can return an array, this also elicits
2071 .Ip "\fB\-Wstrict-prototypes (C only)\fR" 4
2072 .IX Item "-Wstrict-prototypes (C only)"
2073 Warn if a function is declared or defined without specifying the
2074 argument types. (An old-style function definition is permitted without
2075 a warning if preceded by a declaration which specifies the argument
2077 .Ip "\fB\-Wmissing-prototypes (C only)\fR" 4
2078 .IX Item "-Wmissing-prototypes (C only)"
2079 Warn if a global function is defined without a previous prototype
2080 declaration. This warning is issued even if the definition itself
2081 provides a prototype. The aim is to detect global functions that fail
2082 to be declared in header files.
2083 .Ip "\fB\-Wmissing-declarations\fR" 4
2084 .IX Item "-Wmissing-declarations"
2085 Warn if a global function is defined without a previous declaration.
2086 Do so even if the definition itself provides a prototype.
2087 Use this option to detect global functions that are not declared in
2089 .Ip "\fB\-Wmissing-noreturn\fR" 4
2090 .IX Item "-Wmissing-noreturn"
2091 Warn about functions which might be candidates for attribute \f(CW\*(C`noreturn\*(C'\fR.
2092 Note these are only possible candidates, not absolute ones. Care should
2093 be taken to manually verify functions actually do not ever return before
2094 adding the \f(CW\*(C`noreturn\*(C'\fR attribute, otherwise subtle code generation
2095 bugs could be introduced. You will not get a warning for \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR in
2096 hosted C environments.
2097 .Ip "\fB\-Wmissing-format-attribute\fR" 4
2098 .IX Item "-Wmissing-format-attribute"
2099 If \fB\-Wformat\fR is enabled, also warn about functions which might be
2100 candidates for \f(CW\*(C`format\*(C'\fR attributes. Note these are only possible
2101 candidates, not absolute ones. \s-1GCC\s0 will guess that \f(CW\*(C`format\*(C'\fR
2102 attributes might be appropriate for any function that calls a function
2103 like \f(CW\*(C`vprintf\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`vscanf\*(C'\fR, but this might not always be the
2104 case, and some functions for which \f(CW\*(C`format\*(C'\fR attributes are
2105 appropriate may not be detected. This option has no effect unless
2106 \&\fB\-Wformat\fR is enabled (possibly by \fB\-Wall\fR).
2107 .Ip "\fB\-Wpacked\fR" 4
2109 Warn if a structure is given the packed attribute, but the packed
2110 attribute has no effect on the layout or size of the structure.
2111 Such structures may be mis-aligned for little benefit. For
2112 instance, in this code, the variable \f(CW\*(C`f.x\*(C'\fR in \f(CW\*(C`struct bar\*(C'\fR
2113 will be misaligned even though \f(CW\*(C`struct bar\*(C'\fR does not itself
2114 have the packed attribute:
2120 \& } __attribute__((packed));
2126 .Ip "\fB\-Wpadded\fR" 4
2128 Warn if padding is included in a structure, either to align an element
2129 of the structure or to align the whole structure. Sometimes when this
2130 happens it is possible to rearrange the fields of the structure to
2131 reduce the padding and so make the structure smaller.
2132 .Ip "\fB\-Wredundant-decls\fR" 4
2133 .IX Item "-Wredundant-decls"
2134 Warn if anything is declared more than once in the same scope, even in
2135 cases where multiple declaration is valid and changes nothing.
2136 .Ip "\fB\-Wnested-externs (C only)\fR" 4
2137 .IX Item "-Wnested-externs (C only)"
2138 Warn if an \f(CW\*(C`extern\*(C'\fR declaration is encountered within a function.
2139 .Ip "\fB\-Wunreachable-code\fR" 4
2140 .IX Item "-Wunreachable-code"
2141 Warn if the compiler detects that code will never be executed.
2143 This option is intended to warn when the compiler detects that at
2144 least a whole line of source code will never be executed, because
2145 some condition is never satisfied or because it is after a
2146 procedure that never returns.
2148 It is possible for this option to produce a warning even though there
2149 are circumstances under which part of the affected line can be executed,
2150 so care should be taken when removing apparently-unreachable code.
2152 For instance, when a function is inlined, a warning may mean that the
2153 line is unreachable in only one inlined copy of the function.
2155 This option is not made part of \fB\-Wall\fR because in a debugging
2156 version of a program there is often substantial code which checks
2157 correct functioning of the program and is, hopefully, unreachable
2158 because the program does work. Another common use of unreachable
2159 code is to provide behaviour which is selectable at compile-time.
2160 .Ip "\fB\-Winline\fR" 4
2162 Warn if a function can not be inlined and it was declared as inline.
2163 .Ip "\fB\-Wlong-long\fR" 4
2164 .IX Item "-Wlong-long"
2165 Warn if \fBlong long\fR type is used. This is default. To inhibit
2166 the warning messages, use \fB\-Wno-long-long\fR. Flags
2167 \&\fB\-Wlong-long\fR and \fB\-Wno-long-long\fR are taken into account
2168 only when \fB\-pedantic\fR flag is used.
2169 .Ip "\fB\-Wdisabled-optimization\fR" 4
2170 .IX Item "-Wdisabled-optimization"
2171 Warn if a requested optimization pass is disabled. This warning does
2172 not generally indicate that there is anything wrong with your code; it
2173 merely indicates that \s-1GCC\s0's optimizers were unable to handle the code
2174 effectively. Often, the problem is that your code is too big or too
2175 complex; \s-1GCC\s0 will refuse to optimize programs when the optimization
2176 itself is likely to take inordinate amounts of time.
2177 .Ip "\fB\-Werror\fR" 4
2179 Make all warnings into errors.
2180 .Sh "Options for Debugging Your Program or \s-1GCC\s0"
2181 .IX Subsection "Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC"
2182 \&\s-1GCC\s0 has various special options that are used for debugging
2183 either your program or \s-1GCC:\s0
2186 Produce debugging information in the operating system's native format
2187 (stabs, \s-1COFF\s0, \s-1XCOFF\s0, or \s-1DWARF\s0). \s-1GDB\s0 can work with this debugging
2190 On most systems that use stabs format, \fB\-g\fR enables use of extra
2191 debugging information that only \s-1GDB\s0 can use; this extra information
2192 makes debugging work better in \s-1GDB\s0 but will probably make other debuggers
2194 refuse to read the program. If you want to control for certain whether
2195 to generate the extra information, use \fB\-gstabs+\fR, \fB\-gstabs\fR,
2196 \&\fB\-gxcoff+\fR, \fB\-gxcoff\fR, \fB\-gdwarf-1+\fR, or \fB\-gdwarf-1\fR
2199 Unlike most other C compilers, \s-1GCC\s0 allows you to use \fB\-g\fR with
2200 \&\fB\-O\fR. The shortcuts taken by optimized code may occasionally
2201 produce surprising results: some variables you declared may not exist
2202 at all; flow of control may briefly move where you did not expect it;
2203 some statements may not be executed because they compute constant
2204 results or their values were already at hand; some statements may
2205 execute in different places because they were moved out of loops.
2207 Nevertheless it proves possible to debug optimized output. This makes
2208 it reasonable to use the optimizer for programs that might have bugs.
2210 The following options are useful when \s-1GCC\s0 is generated with the
2211 capability for more than one debugging format.
2212 .Ip "\fB\-ggdb\fR" 4
2214 Produce debugging information for use by \s-1GDB\s0. This means to use the
2215 most expressive format available (\s-1DWARF\s0 2, stabs, or the native format
2216 if neither of those are supported), including \s-1GDB\s0 extensions if at all
2218 .Ip "\fB\-gstabs\fR" 4
2220 Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
2221 without \s-1GDB\s0 extensions. This is the format used by \s-1DBX\s0 on most \s-1BSD\s0
2222 systems. On \s-1MIPS\s0, Alpha and System V Release 4 systems this option
2223 produces stabs debugging output which is not understood by \s-1DBX\s0 or \s-1SDB\s0.
2224 On System V Release 4 systems this option requires the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler.
2225 .Ip "\fB\-gstabs+\fR" 4
2227 Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
2228 using \s-1GNU\s0 extensions understood only by the \s-1GNU\s0 debugger (\s-1GDB\s0). The
2229 use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or
2230 refuse to read the program.
2231 .Ip "\fB\-gcoff\fR" 4
2233 Produce debugging information in \s-1COFF\s0 format (if that is supported).
2234 This is the format used by \s-1SDB\s0 on most System V systems prior to
2236 .Ip "\fB\-gxcoff\fR" 4
2238 Produce debugging information in \s-1XCOFF\s0 format (if that is supported).
2239 This is the format used by the \s-1DBX\s0 debugger on \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 systems.
2240 .Ip "\fB\-gxcoff+\fR" 4
2242 Produce debugging information in \s-1XCOFF\s0 format (if that is supported),
2243 using \s-1GNU\s0 extensions understood only by the \s-1GNU\s0 debugger (\s-1GDB\s0). The
2244 use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or
2245 refuse to read the program, and may cause assemblers other than the \s-1GNU\s0
2246 assembler (\s-1GAS\s0) to fail with an error.
2247 .Ip "\fB\-gdwarf\fR" 4
2249 Produce debugging information in \s-1DWARF\s0 version 1 format (if that is
2250 supported). This is the format used by \s-1SDB\s0 on most System V Release 4
2252 .Ip "\fB\-gdwarf+\fR" 4
2254 Produce debugging information in \s-1DWARF\s0 version 1 format (if that is
2255 supported), using \s-1GNU\s0 extensions understood only by the \s-1GNU\s0 debugger
2256 (\s-1GDB\s0). The use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers
2257 crash or refuse to read the program.
2258 .Ip "\fB\-gdwarf-2\fR" 4
2259 .IX Item "-gdwarf-2"
2260 Produce debugging information in \s-1DWARF\s0 version 2 format (if that is
2261 supported). This is the format used by \s-1DBX\s0 on \s-1IRIX\s0 6.
2262 .Ip "\fB\-g\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
2265 .Ip "\fB\-ggdb\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
2266 .IX Item "-ggdblevel"
2267 .Ip "\fB\-gstabs\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
2268 .IX Item "-gstabslevel"
2269 .Ip "\fB\-gcoff\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
2270 .IX Item "-gcofflevel"
2271 .Ip "\fB\-gxcoff\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
2272 .IX Item "-gxcofflevel"
2273 .Ip "\fB\-gdwarf\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
2274 .IX Item "-gdwarflevel"
2275 .Ip "\fB\-gdwarf-2\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
2276 .IX Item "-gdwarf-2level"
2278 Request debugging information and also use \fIlevel\fR to specify how
2279 much information. The default level is 2.
2281 Level 1 produces minimal information, enough for making backtraces in
2282 parts of the program that you don't plan to debug. This includes
2283 descriptions of functions and external variables, but no information
2284 about local variables and no line numbers.
2286 Level 3 includes extra information, such as all the macro definitions
2287 present in the program. Some debuggers support macro expansion when
2291 Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
2292 analysis program \f(CW\*(C`prof\*(C'\fR. You must use this option when compiling
2293 the source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
2297 Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
2298 analysis program \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR. You must use this option when compiling
2299 the source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
2303 Generate extra code to write profile information for basic blocks, which will
2304 record the number of times each basic block is executed, the basic block start
2305 address, and the function name containing the basic block. If \fB\-g\fR is
2306 used, the line number and filename of the start of the basic block will also be
2307 recorded. If not overridden by the machine description, the default action is
2308 to append to the text file \fIbb.out\fR.
2310 This data could be analyzed by a program like \f(CW\*(C`tcov\*(C'\fR. Note,
2311 however, that the format of the data is not what \f(CW\*(C`tcov\*(C'\fR expects.
2312 Eventually \s-1GNU\s0 \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR should be extended to process this data.
2315 Makes the compiler print out each function name as it is compiled, and
2316 print some statistics about each pass when it finishes.
2317 .Ip "\fB\-ftime-report\fR" 4
2318 .IX Item "-ftime-report"
2319 Makes the compiler print some statistics about the time consumed by each
2320 pass when it finishes.
2321 .Ip "\fB\-fmem-report\fR" 4
2322 .IX Item "-fmem-report"
2323 Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory
2324 allocation when it finishes.
2327 Generate extra code to profile basic blocks. Your executable will
2328 produce output that is a superset of that produced when \fB\-a\fR is
2329 used. Additional output is the source and target address of the basic
2330 blocks where a jump takes place, the number of times a jump is executed,
2331 and (optionally) the complete sequence of basic blocks being executed.
2332 The output is appended to file \fIbb.out\fR.
2334 You can examine different profiling aspects without recompilation. Your
2335 executable will read a list of function names from file \fIbb.in\fR.
2336 Profiling starts when a function on the list is entered and stops when
2337 that invocation is exited. To exclude a function from profiling, prefix
2338 its name with `\-'. If a function name is not unique, you can
2339 disambiguate it by writing it in the form
2340 \&\fB/path/filename.d:functionname\fR. Your executable will write the
2341 available paths and filenames in file \fIbb.out\fR.
2343 Several function names have a special meaning:
2345 .if n .Ip "\f(CW""""_\|_bb_jumps_\|_""""\fR" 4
2346 .el .Ip "\f(CW_\|_bb_jumps_\|_\fR" 4
2347 .IX Item "__bb_jumps__"
2348 Write source, target and frequency of jumps to file \fIbb.out\fR.
2349 .if n .Ip "\f(CW""""_\|_bb_hidecall_\|_""""\fR" 4
2350 .el .Ip "\f(CW_\|_bb_hidecall_\|_\fR" 4
2351 .IX Item "__bb_hidecall__"
2352 Exclude function calls from frequency count.
2353 .if n .Ip "\f(CW""""_\|_bb_showret_\|_""""\fR" 4
2354 .el .Ip "\f(CW_\|_bb_showret_\|_\fR" 4
2355 .IX Item "__bb_showret__"
2356 Include function returns in frequency count.
2357 .if n .Ip "\f(CW""""_\|_bb_trace_\|_""""\fR" 4
2358 .el .Ip "\f(CW_\|_bb_trace_\|_\fR" 4
2359 .IX Item "__bb_trace__"
2360 Write the sequence of basic blocks executed to file \fIbbtrace.gz\fR.
2361 The file will be compressed using the program \fBgzip\fR, which must
2362 exist in your \fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR. On systems without the \fBpopen\fR
2363 function, the file will be named \fIbbtrace\fR and will not be
2364 compressed. \fBProfiling for even a few seconds on these systems
2365 will produce a very large file.\fR Note: \f(CW\*(C`_\|_bb_hidecall_\|_\*(C'\fR and
2366 \&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_bb_showret_\|_\*(C'\fR will not affect the sequence written to
2371 Here's a short example using different profiling parameters
2372 in file \fIbb.in\fR. Assume function \f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR consists of basic blocks
2373 1 and 2 and is called twice from block 3 of function \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR. After
2374 the calls, block 3 transfers control to block 4 of \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR.
2376 With \f(CW\*(C`_\|_bb_trace_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR contained in file \fIbb.in\fR,
2377 the following sequence of blocks is written to file \fIbbtrace.gz\fR:
2378 0 3 1 2 1 2 4. The return from block 2 to block 3 is not shown, because
2379 the return is to a point inside the block and not to the top. The
2380 block address 0 always indicates, that control is transferred
2381 to the trace from somewhere outside the observed functions. With
2382 \&\fB\-foo\fR added to \fIbb.in\fR, the blocks of function
2383 \&\f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR are removed from the trace, so only 0 3 4 remains.
2385 With \f(CW\*(C`_\|_bb_jumps_\|_\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR contained in file \fIbb.in\fR,
2386 jump frequencies will be written to file \fIbb.out\fR. The
2387 frequencies are obtained by constructing a trace of blocks
2388 and incrementing a counter for every neighbouring pair of blocks
2389 in the trace. The trace 0 3 1 2 1 2 4 displays the following
2393 \& Jump from block 0x0 to block 0x3 executed 1 time(s)
2394 \& Jump from block 0x3 to block 0x1 executed 1 time(s)
2395 \& Jump from block 0x1 to block 0x2 executed 2 time(s)
2396 \& Jump from block 0x2 to block 0x1 executed 1 time(s)
2397 \& Jump from block 0x2 to block 0x4 executed 1 time(s)
2399 With \f(CW\*(C`_\|_bb_hidecall_\|_\*(C'\fR, control transfer due to call instructions
2400 is removed from the trace, that is the trace is cut into three parts: 0
2401 3 4, 0 1 2 and 0 1 2. With \f(CW\*(C`_\|_bb_showret_\|_\*(C'\fR, control transfer due
2402 to return instructions is added to the trace. The trace becomes: 0 3 1
2403 2 3 1 2 3 4. Note, that this trace is not the same, as the sequence
2404 written to \fIbbtrace.gz\fR. It is solely used for counting jump
2407 .Ip "\fB\-fprofile-arcs\fR" 4
2408 .IX Item "-fprofile-arcs"
2409 Instrument \fIarcs\fR during compilation. For each function of your
2410 program, \s-1GCC\s0 creates a program flow graph, then finds a spanning tree
2411 for the graph. Only arcs that are not on the spanning tree have to be
2412 instrumented: the compiler adds code to count the number of times that these
2413 arcs are executed. When an arc is the only exit or only entrance to a
2414 block, the instrumentation code can be added to the block; otherwise, a
2415 new basic block must be created to hold the instrumentation code.
2417 Since not every arc in the program must be instrumented, programs
2418 compiled with this option run faster than programs compiled with
2419 \&\fB\-a\fR, which adds instrumentation code to every basic block in the
2420 program. The tradeoff: since \f(CW\*(C`gcov\*(C'\fR does not have
2421 execution counts for all branches, it must start with the execution
2422 counts for the instrumented branches, and then iterate over the program
2423 flow graph until the entire graph has been solved. Hence, \f(CW\*(C`gcov\*(C'\fR
2424 runs a little more slowly than a program which uses information from
2427 \&\fB\-fprofile-arcs\fR also makes it possible to estimate branch
2428 probabilities, and to calculate basic block execution counts. In
2429 general, basic block execution counts do not give enough information to
2430 estimate all branch probabilities. When the compiled program exits, it
2431 saves the arc execution counts to a file called
2432 \&\fI\fIsourcename\fI.da\fR. Use the compiler option
2433 \&\fB\-fbranch-probabilities\fR when recompiling, to optimize using estimated
2434 branch probabilities.
2435 .Ip "\fB\-ftest-coverage\fR" 4
2436 .IX Item "-ftest-coverage"
2437 Create data files for the \f(CW\*(C`gcov\*(C'\fR code-coverage utility.
2438 The data file names begin with the name of your source file:
2440 .Ip "\fIsourcename\fR\fB.bb\fR" 4
2441 .IX Item "sourcename.bb"
2442 A mapping from basic blocks to line numbers, which \f(CW\*(C`gcov\*(C'\fR uses to
2443 associate basic block execution counts with line numbers.
2444 .Ip "\fIsourcename\fR\fB.bbg\fR" 4
2445 .IX Item "sourcename.bbg"
2446 A list of all arcs in the program flow graph. This allows \f(CW\*(C`gcov\*(C'\fR
2447 to reconstruct the program flow graph, so that it can compute all basic
2448 block and arc execution counts from the information in the
2449 \&\f(CW\*(C`\f(CIsourcename\f(CW.da\*(C'\fR file (this last file is the output from
2450 \&\fB\-fprofile-arcs\fR).
2454 .Ip "\fB\-d\fR\fIletters\fR" 4
2455 .IX Item "-dletters"
2456 Says to make debugging dumps during compilation at times specified by
2457 \&\fIletters\fR. This is used for debugging the compiler. The file names
2458 for most of the dumps are made by appending a pass number and a word to
2459 the source file name (e.g. \fIfoo.c.00.rtl\fR or \fIfoo.c.01.sibling\fR).
2460 Here are the possible letters for use in \fIletters\fR, and their meanings:
2464 Annotate the assembler output with miscellaneous debugging information.
2467 Dump after computing branch probabilities, to \fI\fIfile\fI.11.bp\fR.
2470 Dump after block reordering, to \fI\fIfile\fI.26.bbro\fR.
2473 Dump after instruction combination, to the file \fI\fIfile\fI.14.combine\fR.
2476 Dump after the first if conversion, to the file \fI\fIfile\fI.15.ce\fR.
2479 Dump after delayed branch scheduling, to \fI\fIfile\fI.29.dbr\fR.
2482 Dump all macro definitions, at the end of preprocessing, in addition to
2486 Dump after \s-1SSA\s0 optimizations, to \fI\fIfile\fI.05.ssa\fR and
2487 \&\fI\fIfile\fI.06.ussa\fR.
2490 Dump after the second if conversion, to \fI\fIfile\fI.24.ce2\fR.
2493 Dump after life analysis, to \fI\fIfile\fI.13.life\fR.
2496 Dump after purging \f(CW\*(C`ADDRESSOF\*(C'\fR codes, to \fI\fIfile\fI.04.addressof\fR.
2499 Dump after global register allocation, to \fI\fIfile\fI.19.greg\fR.
2502 Dump after post-reload \s-1CSE\s0 and other optimizations, to \fI\fIfile\fI.20.postreload\fR.
2505 Dump after \s-1GCSE\s0, to \fI\fIfile\fI.08.gcse\fR.
2508 Dump after sibling call optimizations, to \fI\fIfile\fI.01.sibling\fR.
2511 Dump after the first jump optimization, to \fI\fIfile\fI.02.jump\fR.
2514 Dump after the last jump optimization, to \fI\fIfile\fI.27.jump2\fR.
2517 Dump after conversion from registers to stack, to \fI\fIfile\fI.29.stack\fR.
2520 Dump after local register allocation, to \fI\fIfile\fI.18.lreg\fR.
2523 Dump after loop optimization, to \fI\fIfile\fI.09.loop\fR.
2526 Dump after performing the machine dependent reorganisation pass, to
2527 \&\fI\fIfile\fI.28.mach\fR.
2530 Dump after register renumbering, to \fI\fIfile\fI.23.rnreg\fR.
2533 Dump after the register move pass, to \fI\fIfile\fI.16.regmove\fR.
2536 Dump after \s-1RTL\s0 generation, to \fI\fIfile\fI.00.rtl\fR.
2539 Dump after the second instruction scheduling pass, to
2540 \&\fI\fIfile\fI.25.sched2\fR.
2543 Dump after \s-1CSE\s0 (including the jump optimization that sometimes follows
2544 \&\s-1CSE\s0), to \fI\fIfile\fI.03.cse\fR.
2547 Dump after the first instruction scheduling pass, to
2548 \&\fI\fIfile\fI.17.sched\fR.
2551 Dump after the second \s-1CSE\s0 pass (including the jump optimization that
2552 sometimes follows \s-1CSE\s0), to \fI\fIfile\fI.10.cse2\fR.
2555 Dump after the second flow pass, to \fI\fIfile\fI.21.flow2\fR.
2558 Dump after dead code elimination, to \fI\fIfile\fI.06.dce\fR.
2561 Dump after the peephole pass, to \fI\fIfile\fI.22.peephole2\fR.
2564 Produce all the dumps listed above.
2567 Print statistics on memory usage, at the end of the run, to
2571 Annotate the assembler output with a comment indicating which
2572 pattern and alternative was used. The length of each instruction is
2576 Dump the \s-1RTL\s0 in the assembler output as a comment before each instruction.
2577 Also turns on \fB\-dp\fR annotation.
2580 For each of the other indicated dump files (except for
2581 \&\fI\fIfile\fI.00.rtl\fR), dump a representation of the control flow graph
2582 suitable for viewing with \s-1VCG\s0 to \fI\fIfile\fI.\fIpass\fI.vcg\fR.
2585 Just generate \s-1RTL\s0 for a function instead of compiling it. Usually used
2589 Dump debugging information during parsing, to standard error.
2593 .Ip "\fB\-fdump-unnumbered\fR" 4
2594 .IX Item "-fdump-unnumbered"
2595 When doing debugging dumps (see \-d option above), suppress instruction
2596 numbers and line number note output. This makes it more feasible to
2597 use diff on debugging dumps for compiler invocations with different
2598 options, in particular with and without \-g.
2599 .Ip "\fB\-fdump-translation-unit=\fR\fIfile\fR \fB(C and \*(C+ only)\fR" 4
2600 .IX Item "-fdump-translation-unit=file (C and only)"
2601 Dump a representation of the tree structure for the entire translation
2603 .Ip "\fB\-fdump-class_layout=\fR\fIfile\fR \fB(\*(C+ only)\fR" 4
2604 .IX Item "-fdump-class_layout=file ( only)"
2606 .Ip "\fB\-fdump-class_layout (\*(C+ only)\fR" 4
2607 .IX Item "-fdump-class_layout ( only)"
2609 Dump a representation of each class's heirarchy to \fIfile\fR, or
2610 \&\f(CW\*(C`stderr\*(C'\fR if not specified.
2611 .Ip "\fB\-fpretend-float\fR" 4
2612 .IX Item "-fpretend-float"
2613 When running a cross-compiler, pretend that the target machine uses the
2614 same floating point format as the host machine. This causes incorrect
2615 output of the actual floating constants, but the actual instruction
2616 sequence will probably be the same as \s-1GCC\s0 would make when running on
2618 .Ip "\fB\-save-temps\fR" 4
2619 .IX Item "-save-temps"
2620 Store the usual ``temporary'' intermediate files permanently; place them
2621 in the current directory and name them based on the source file. Thus,
2622 compiling \fIfoo.c\fR with \fB\-c \-save-temps\fR would produce files
2623 \&\fIfoo.i\fR and \fIfoo.s\fR, as well as \fIfoo.o\fR. This creates a
2624 preprocessed \fIfoo.i\fR output file even though the compiler now
2625 normally uses an integrated preprocessor.
2626 .Ip "\fB\-time\fR" 4
2628 Report the \s-1CPU\s0 time taken by each subprocess in the compilation
2629 sequence. For C source files, this is the compiler proper and assembler
2630 (plus the linker if linking is done). The output looks like this:
2636 The first number on each line is the ``user time,'' that is time spent
2637 executing the program itself. The second number is ``system time,''
2638 time spent executing operating system routines on behalf of the program.
2639 Both numbers are in seconds.
2640 .Ip "\fB\-print-file-name=\fR\fIlibrary\fR" 4
2641 .IX Item "-print-file-name=library"
2642 Print the full absolute name of the library file \fIlibrary\fR that
2643 would be used when linking\-\-\-and don't do anything else. With this
2644 option, \s-1GCC\s0 does not compile or link anything; it just prints the
2646 .Ip "\fB\-print-prog-name=\fR\fIprogram\fR" 4
2647 .IX Item "-print-prog-name=program"
2648 Like \fB\-print-file-name\fR, but searches for a program such as \fBcpp\fR.
2649 .Ip "\fB\-print-libgcc-file-name\fR" 4
2650 .IX Item "-print-libgcc-file-name"
2651 Same as \fB\-print-file-name=libgcc.a\fR.
2653 This is useful when you use \fB\-nostdlib\fR or \fB\-nodefaultlibs\fR
2654 but you do want to link with \fIlibgcc.a\fR. You can do
2657 \& gcc -nostdlib I<files>... `gcc -print-libgcc-file-name`
2659 .Ip "\fB\-print-search-dirs\fR" 4
2660 .IX Item "-print-search-dirs"
2661 Print the name of the configured installation directory and a list of
2662 program and library directories gcc will search\-\-\-and don't do anything else.
2664 This is useful when gcc prints the error message
2665 \&\fBinstallation problem, cannot exec cpp0: No such file or directory\fR.
2666 To resolve this you either need to put \fIcpp0\fR and the other compiler
2667 components where gcc expects to find them, or you can set the environment
2668 variable \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR to the directory where you installed them.
2669 Don't forget the trailing '/'.
2670 .Ip "\fB\-dumpmachine\fR" 4
2671 .IX Item "-dumpmachine"
2672 Print the compiler's target machine (for example,
2673 \&\fBi686\-pc-linux-gnu\fR)\-\-\-and don't do anything else.
2674 .Ip "\fB\-dumpversion\fR" 4
2675 .IX Item "-dumpversion"
2676 Print the compiler version (for example, \fB3.0\fR)\-\-\-and don't do
2678 .Ip "\fB\-dumpspecs\fR" 4
2679 .IX Item "-dumpspecs"
2680 Print the compiler's built-in specs\-\-\-and don't do anything else. (This
2681 is used when \s-1GCC\s0 itself is being built.)
2682 .Sh "Options That Control Optimization"
2683 .IX Subsection "Options That Control Optimization"
2684 These options control various sorts of optimizations:
2691 Optimize. Optimizing compilation takes somewhat more time, and a lot
2692 more memory for a large function.
2694 Without \fB\-O\fR, the compiler's goal is to reduce the cost of
2695 compilation and to make debugging produce the expected results.
2696 Statements are independent: if you stop the program with a breakpoint
2697 between statements, you can then assign a new value to any variable or
2698 change the program counter to any other statement in the function and
2699 get exactly the results you would expect from the source code.
2701 Without \fB\-O\fR, the compiler only allocates variables declared
2702 \&\f(CW\*(C`register\*(C'\fR in registers. The resulting compiled code is a little
2703 worse than produced by \s-1PCC\s0 without \fB\-O\fR.
2705 With \fB\-O\fR, the compiler tries to reduce code size and execution
2708 When you specify \fB\-O\fR, the compiler turns on \fB\-fthread-jumps\fR
2709 and \fB\-fdefer-pop\fR on all machines. The compiler turns on
2710 \&\fB\-fdelayed-branch\fR on machines that have delay slots, and
2711 \&\fB\-fomit-frame-pointer\fR on machines that can support debugging even
2712 without a frame pointer. On some machines the compiler also turns
2716 Optimize even more. \s-1GCC\s0 performs nearly all supported optimizations
2717 that do not involve a space-speed tradeoff. The compiler does not
2718 perform loop unrolling or function inlining when you specify \fB\-O2\fR.
2719 As compared to \fB\-O\fR, this option increases both compilation time
2720 and the performance of the generated code.
2722 \&\fB\-O2\fR turns on all optional optimizations except for loop unrolling,
2723 function inlining, and register renaming. It also turns on the
2724 \&\fB\-fforce-mem\fR option on all machines and frame pointer elimination
2725 on machines where doing so does not interfere with debugging.
2728 Optimize yet more. \fB\-O3\fR turns on all optimizations specified by
2729 \&\fB\-O2\fR and also turns on the \fB\-finline-functions\fR and
2730 \&\fB\-frename-registers\fR options.
2736 Optimize for size. \fB\-Os\fR enables all \fB\-O2\fR optimizations that
2737 do not typically increase code size. It also performs further
2738 optimizations designed to reduce code size.
2740 If you use multiple \fB\-O\fR options, with or without level numbers,
2741 the last such option is the one that is effective.
2743 Options of the form \fB\-f\fR\fIflag\fR specify machine-independent
2744 flags. Most flags have both positive and negative forms; the negative
2745 form of \fB\-ffoo\fR would be \fB\-fno-foo\fR. In the table below,
2746 only one of the forms is listed\-\-\-the one which is not the default.
2747 You can figure out the other form by either removing \fBno-\fR or
2749 .Ip "\fB\-ffloat-store\fR" 4
2750 .IX Item "-ffloat-store"
2751 Do not store floating point variables in registers, and inhibit other
2752 options that might change whether a floating point value is taken from a
2755 This option prevents undesirable excess precision on machines such as
2756 the 68000 where the floating registers (of the 68881) keep more
2757 precision than a \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is supposed to have. Similarly for the
2758 x86 architecture. For most programs, the excess precision does only
2759 good, but a few programs rely on the precise definition of \s-1IEEE\s0 floating
2760 point. Use \fB\-ffloat-store\fR for such programs, after modifying
2761 them to store all pertinent intermediate computations into variables.
2762 .Ip "\fB\-fno-default-inline\fR" 4
2763 .IX Item "-fno-default-inline"
2764 Do not make member functions inline by default merely because they are
2765 defined inside the class scope (\*(C+ only). Otherwise, when you specify
2766 \&\fB\-O\fR, member functions defined inside class scope are compiled
2767 inline by default; i.e., you don't need to add \fBinline\fR in front of
2768 the member function name.
2769 .Ip "\fB\-fno-defer-pop\fR" 4
2770 .IX Item "-fno-defer-pop"
2771 Always pop the arguments to each function call as soon as that function
2772 returns. For machines which must pop arguments after a function call,
2773 the compiler normally lets arguments accumulate on the stack for several
2774 function calls and pops them all at once.
2775 .Ip "\fB\-fforce-mem\fR" 4
2776 .IX Item "-fforce-mem"
2777 Force memory operands to be copied into registers before doing
2778 arithmetic on them. This produces better code by making all memory
2779 references potential common subexpressions. When they are not common
2780 subexpressions, instruction combination should eliminate the separate
2781 register-load. The \fB\-O2\fR option turns on this option.
2782 .Ip "\fB\-fforce-addr\fR" 4
2783 .IX Item "-fforce-addr"
2784 Force memory address constants to be copied into registers before
2785 doing arithmetic on them. This may produce better code just as
2786 \&\fB\-fforce-mem\fR may.
2787 .Ip "\fB\-fomit-frame-pointer\fR" 4
2788 .IX Item "-fomit-frame-pointer"
2789 Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for functions that
2790 don't need one. This avoids the instructions to save, set up and
2791 restore frame pointers; it also makes an extra register available
2792 in many functions. \fBIt also makes debugging impossible on
2795 On some machines, such as the Vax, this flag has no effect, because
2796 the standard calling sequence automatically handles the frame pointer
2797 and nothing is saved by pretending it doesn't exist. The
2798 machine-description macro \f(CW\*(C`FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED\*(C'\fR controls
2799 whether a target machine supports this flag.
2800 .Ip "\fB\-foptimize-sibling-calls\fR" 4
2801 .IX Item "-foptimize-sibling-calls"
2802 Optimize sibling and tail recursive calls.
2803 .Ip "\fB\-ftrapv\fR" 4
2805 This option generates traps for signed overflow on addition, subtraction,
2806 multiplication operations.
2807 .Ip "\fB\-fno-inline\fR" 4
2808 .IX Item "-fno-inline"
2809 Don't pay attention to the \f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C'\fR keyword. Normally this option
2810 is used to keep the compiler from expanding any functions inline.
2811 Note that if you are not optimizing, no functions can be expanded inline.
2812 .Ip "\fB\-finline-functions\fR" 4
2813 .IX Item "-finline-functions"
2814 Integrate all simple functions into their callers. The compiler
2815 heuristically decides which functions are simple enough to be worth
2816 integrating in this way.
2818 If all calls to a given function are integrated, and the function is
2819 declared \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR, then the function is normally not output as
2820 assembler code in its own right.
2821 .Ip "\fB\-finline-limit=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
2822 .IX Item "-finline-limit=n"
2823 By default, gcc limits the size of functions that can be inlined. This flag
2824 allows the control of this limit for functions that are explicitly marked as
2825 inline (ie marked with the inline keyword or defined within the class
2826 definition in c++). \fIn\fR is the size of functions that can be inlined in
2827 number of pseudo instructions (not counting parameter handling). The default
2828 value of n is 10000. Increasing this value can result in more inlined code at
2829 the cost of compilation time and memory consumption. Decreasing usually makes
2830 the compilation faster and less code will be inlined (which presumably
2831 means slower programs). This option is particularly useful for programs that
2832 use inlining heavily such as those based on recursive templates with c++.
2834 \&\fINote:\fR pseudo instruction represents, in this particular context, an
2835 abstract measurement of function's size. In no way, it represents a count
2836 of assembly instructions and as such its exact meaning might change from one
2837 release to an another.
2838 .Ip "\fB\-fkeep-inline-functions\fR" 4
2839 .IX Item "-fkeep-inline-functions"
2840 Even if all calls to a given function are integrated, and the function
2841 is declared \f(CW\*(C`static\*(C'\fR, nevertheless output a separate run-time
2842 callable version of the function. This switch does not affect
2843 \&\f(CW\*(C`extern inline\*(C'\fR functions.
2844 .Ip "\fB\-fkeep-static-consts\fR" 4
2845 .IX Item "-fkeep-static-consts"
2846 Emit variables declared \f(CW\*(C`static const\*(C'\fR when optimization isn't turned
2847 on, even if the variables aren't referenced.
2849 \&\s-1GCC\s0 enables this option by default. If you want to force the compiler to
2850 check if the variable was referenced, regardless of whether or not
2851 optimization is turned on, use the \fB\-fno-keep-static-consts\fR option.
2852 .Ip "\fB\-fno-function-cse\fR" 4
2853 .IX Item "-fno-function-cse"
2854 Do not put function addresses in registers; make each instruction that
2855 calls a constant function contain the function's address explicitly.
2857 This option results in less efficient code, but some strange hacks
2858 that alter the assembler output may be confused by the optimizations
2859 performed when this option is not used.
2860 .Ip "\fB\-ffast-math\fR" 4
2861 .IX Item "-ffast-math"
2862 Sets \fB\-fno-math-errno\fR, \fB\-funsafe-math-optimizations\fR,
2863 and \fB\-fno-trapping-math\fR.
2865 This option causes the preprocessor macro _\|_FAST_MATH_\|_ to be defined.
2867 This option should never be turned on by any \fB\-O\fR option since
2868 it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
2869 an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0 rules/specifications for
2871 .Ip "\fB\-fno-math-errno\fR" 4
2872 .IX Item "-fno-math-errno"
2873 Do not set \s-1ERRNO\s0 after calling math functions that are executed
2874 with a single instruction, e.g., sqrt. A program that relies on
2875 \&\s-1IEEE\s0 exceptions for math error handling may want to use this flag
2876 for speed while maintaining \s-1IEEE\s0 arithmetic compatibility.
2878 This option should never be turned on by any \fB\-O\fR option since
2879 it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
2880 an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0 rules/specifications for
2883 The default is \fB\-fmath-errno\fR. The \fB\-ffast-math\fR option
2884 sets \fB\-fno-math-errno\fR.
2885 .Ip "\fB\-funsafe-math-optimizations\fR" 4
2886 .IX Item "-funsafe-math-optimizations"
2887 Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that (a) assume
2888 that arguments and results are valid and (b) may violate \s-1IEEE\s0 or
2889 \&\s-1ANSI\s0 standards.
2891 This option should never be turned on by any \fB\-O\fR option since
2892 it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
2893 an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0 rules/specifications for
2896 The default is \fB\-fno-unsafe-math-optimizations\fR. The
2897 \&\fB\-ffast-math\fR option sets \fB\-funsafe-math-optimizations\fR.
2898 .Ip "\fB\-fno-trapping-math\fR" 4
2899 .IX Item "-fno-trapping-math"
2900 Compile code assuming that floating-point operations cannot generate
2901 user-visible traps. Setting this option may allow faster code
2902 if one relies on ``non-stop'' \s-1IEEE\s0 arithmetic, for example.
2904 This option should never be turned on by any \fB\-O\fR option since
2905 it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
2906 an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0 rules/specifications for
2909 The default is \fB\-ftrapping-math\fR. The \fB\-ffast-math\fR
2910 option sets \fB\-fno-trapping-math\fR.
2912 The following options control specific optimizations. The \fB\-O2\fR
2913 option turns on all of these optimizations except \fB\-funroll-loops\fR
2914 and \fB\-funroll-all-loops\fR. On most machines, the \fB\-O\fR option
2915 turns on the \fB\-fthread-jumps\fR and \fB\-fdelayed-branch\fR options,
2916 but specific machines may handle it differently.
2918 You can use the following flags in the rare cases when ``fine-tuning''
2919 of optimizations to be performed is desired.
2920 .Ip "\fB\-fstrength-reduce\fR" 4
2921 .IX Item "-fstrength-reduce"
2922 Perform the optimizations of loop strength reduction and
2923 elimination of iteration variables.
2924 .Ip "\fB\-fthread-jumps\fR" 4
2925 .IX Item "-fthread-jumps"
2926 Perform optimizations where we check to see if a jump branches to a
2927 location where another comparison subsumed by the first is found. If
2928 so, the first branch is redirected to either the destination of the
2929 second branch or a point immediately following it, depending on whether
2930 the condition is known to be true or false.
2931 .Ip "\fB\-fcse-follow-jumps\fR" 4
2932 .IX Item "-fcse-follow-jumps"
2933 In common subexpression elimination, scan through jump instructions
2934 when the target of the jump is not reached by any other path. For
2935 example, when \s-1CSE\s0 encounters an \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR statement with an
2936 \&\f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR clause, \s-1CSE\s0 will follow the jump when the condition
2938 .Ip "\fB\-fcse-skip-blocks\fR" 4
2939 .IX Item "-fcse-skip-blocks"
2940 This is similar to \fB\-fcse-follow-jumps\fR, but causes \s-1CSE\s0 to
2941 follow jumps which conditionally skip over blocks. When \s-1CSE\s0
2942 encounters a simple \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR statement with no else clause,
2943 \&\fB\-fcse-skip-blocks\fR causes \s-1CSE\s0 to follow the jump around the
2944 body of the \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR.
2945 .Ip "\fB\-frerun-cse-after-loop\fR" 4
2946 .IX Item "-frerun-cse-after-loop"
2947 Re-run common subexpression elimination after loop optimizations has been
2949 .Ip "\fB\-frerun-loop-opt\fR" 4
2950 .IX Item "-frerun-loop-opt"
2951 Run the loop optimizer twice.
2952 .Ip "\fB\-fgcse\fR" 4
2954 Perform a global common subexpression elimination pass.
2955 This pass also performs global constant and copy propagation.
2956 .Ip "\fB\-fgcse-lm\fR" 4
2957 .IX Item "-fgcse-lm"
2958 When \-fgcse-lm is enabled, global common subexpression elimination will
2959 attempt to move loads which are only killed by stores into themselves. This
2960 allows a loop containing a load/store sequence to be changed to a load outside
2961 the loop, and a copy/store within the loop.
2962 .Ip "\fB\-fgcse-sm\fR" 4
2963 .IX Item "-fgcse-sm"
2964 When \-fgcse-sm is enabled, A store motion pass is run after global common
2965 subexpression elimination. This pass will attempt to move stores out of loops.
2966 When used in conjunction with \-fgcse-lm, loops containing a load/store sequence
2967 can be changed to a load before the loop and a store after the loop.
2968 .Ip "\fB\-fdelete-null-pointer-checks\fR" 4
2969 .IX Item "-fdelete-null-pointer-checks"
2970 Use global dataflow analysis to identify and eliminate useless null
2971 pointer checks. Programs which rely on \s-1NULL\s0 pointer dereferences \fInot\fR
2972 halting the program may not work properly with this option. Use
2973 \&\-fno-delete-null-pointer-checks to disable this optimizing for programs
2974 which depend on that behavior.
2975 .Ip "\fB\-fexpensive-optimizations\fR" 4
2976 .IX Item "-fexpensive-optimizations"
2977 Perform a number of minor optimizations that are relatively expensive.
2978 .Ip "\fB\-foptimize-register-move\fR" 4
2979 .IX Item "-foptimize-register-move"
2981 .Ip "\fB\-fregmove\fR" 4
2982 .IX Item "-fregmove"
2984 Attempt to reassign register numbers in move instructions and as
2985 operands of other simple instructions in order to maximize the amount of
2986 register tying. This is especially helpful on machines with two-operand
2987 instructions. \s-1GCC\s0 enables this optimization by default with \fB\-O2\fR
2990 Note \fB\-fregmove\fR and \fB\-foptimize-register-move\fR are the same
2992 .Ip "\fB\-fdelayed-branch\fR" 4
2993 .IX Item "-fdelayed-branch"
2994 If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions
2995 to exploit instruction slots available after delayed branch
2997 .Ip "\fB\-fschedule-insns\fR" 4
2998 .IX Item "-fschedule-insns"
2999 If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions to
3000 eliminate execution stalls due to required data being unavailable. This
3001 helps machines that have slow floating point or memory load instructions
3002 by allowing other instructions to be issued until the result of the load
3003 or floating point instruction is required.
3004 .Ip "\fB\-fschedule-insns2\fR" 4
3005 .IX Item "-fschedule-insns2"
3006 Similar to \fB\-fschedule-insns\fR, but requests an additional pass of
3007 instruction scheduling after register allocation has been done. This is
3008 especially useful on machines with a relatively small number of
3009 registers and where memory load instructions take more than one cycle.
3010 .Ip "\fB\-ffunction-sections\fR" 4
3011 .IX Item "-ffunction-sections"
3013 .Ip "\fB\-fdata-sections\fR" 4
3014 .IX Item "-fdata-sections"
3016 Place each function or data item into its own section in the output
3017 file if the target supports arbitrary sections. The name of the
3018 function or the name of the data item determines the section's name
3021 Use these options on systems where the linker can perform optimizations
3022 to improve locality of reference in the instruction space. \s-1HPPA\s0
3023 processors running \s-1HP-UX\s0 and Sparc processors running Solaris 2 have
3024 linkers with such optimizations. Other systems using the \s-1ELF\s0 object format
3025 as well as \s-1AIX\s0 may have these optimizations in the future.
3027 Only use these options when there are significant benefits from doing
3028 so. When you specify these options, the assembler and linker will
3029 create larger object and executable files and will also be slower.
3030 You will not be able to use \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR on all systems if you
3031 specify this option and you may have problems with debugging if
3032 you specify both this option and \fB\-g\fR.
3033 .Ip "\fB\-fcaller-saves\fR" 4
3034 .IX Item "-fcaller-saves"
3035 Enable values to be allocated in registers that will be clobbered by
3036 function calls, by emitting extra instructions to save and restore the
3037 registers around such calls. Such allocation is done only when it
3038 seems to result in better code than would otherwise be produced.
3040 This option is always enabled by default on certain machines, usually
3041 those which have no call-preserved registers to use instead.
3043 For all machines, optimization level 2 and higher enables this flag by
3045 .Ip "\fB\-funroll-loops\fR" 4
3046 .IX Item "-funroll-loops"
3047 Perform the optimization of loop unrolling. This is only done for loops
3048 whose number of iterations can be determined at compile time or run time.
3049 \&\fB\-funroll-loops\fR implies both \fB\-fstrength-reduce\fR and
3050 \&\fB\-frerun-cse-after-loop\fR.
3051 .Ip "\fB\-funroll-all-loops\fR" 4
3052 .IX Item "-funroll-all-loops"
3053 Perform the optimization of loop unrolling. This is done for all loops
3054 and usually makes programs run more slowly. \fB\-funroll-all-loops\fR
3055 implies \fB\-fstrength-reduce\fR as well as \fB\-frerun-cse-after-loop\fR.
3056 .Ip "\fB\-fmove-all-movables\fR" 4
3057 .IX Item "-fmove-all-movables"
3058 Forces all invariant computations in loops to be moved
3060 .Ip "\fB\-freduce-all-givs\fR" 4
3061 .IX Item "-freduce-all-givs"
3062 Forces all general-induction variables in loops to be
3065 \&\fINote:\fR When compiling programs written in Fortran,
3066 \&\fB\-fmove-all-movables\fR and \fB\-freduce-all-givs\fR are enabled
3067 by default when you use the optimizer.
3069 These options may generate better or worse code; results are highly
3070 dependent on the structure of loops within the source code.
3072 These two options are intended to be removed someday, once
3073 they have helped determine the efficacy of various
3074 approaches to improving loop optimizations.
3076 Please let us (<\fBgcc@gcc.gnu.org\fR> and <\fBfortran@gnu.org\fR>)
3077 know how use of these options affects
3078 the performance of your production code.
3079 We're very interested in code that runs \fIslower\fR
3080 when these options are \fIenabled\fR.
3081 .Ip "\fB\-fno-peephole\fR" 4
3082 .IX Item "-fno-peephole"
3083 Disable any machine-specific peephole optimizations.
3084 .Ip "\fB\-fbranch-probabilities\fR" 4
3085 .IX Item "-fbranch-probabilities"
3086 After running a program compiled with \fB\-fprofile-arcs\fR, you can compile it a second time using
3087 \&\fB\-fbranch-probabilities\fR, to improve optimizations based on
3088 guessing the path a branch might take.
3089 .Ip "\fB\-fno-guess-branch-probability\fR" 4
3090 .IX Item "-fno-guess-branch-probability"
3091 Sometimes gcc will opt to guess branch probabilities when none are
3092 available from either profile directed feedback (\fB\-fprofile-arcs\fR)
3093 or \fB_\|_builtin_expect\fR. In a hard real-time system, people don't
3094 want different runs of the compiler to produce code that has different
3095 behavior; minimizing non-determinism is of paramount import. This
3096 switch allows users to reduce non-determinism, possibly at the expense
3097 of inferior optimization.
3098 .Ip "\fB\-fstrict-aliasing\fR" 4
3099 .IX Item "-fstrict-aliasing"
3100 Allows the compiler to assume the strictest aliasing rules applicable to
3101 the language being compiled. For C (and \*(C+), this activates
3102 optimizations based on the type of expressions. In particular, an
3103 object of one type is assumed never to reside at the same address as an
3104 object of a different type, unless the types are almost the same. For
3105 example, an \f(CW\*(C`unsigned int\*(C'\fR can alias an \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR, but not a
3106 \&\f(CW\*(C`void*\*(C'\fR or a \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR. A character type may alias any other
3109 Pay special attention to code like this:
3124 The practice of reading from a different union member than the one most
3125 recently written to (called ``type-punning'') is common. Even with
3126 \&\fB\-fstrict-aliasing\fR, type-punning is allowed, provided the memory
3127 is accessed through the union type. So, the code above will work as
3128 expected. However, this code might not:
3139 .Ip "\fB\-falign-functions\fR" 4
3140 .IX Item "-falign-functions"
3142 .Ip "\fB\-falign-functions=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
3143 .IX Item "-falign-functions=n"
3145 Align the start of functions to the next power-of-two greater than
3146 \&\fIn\fR, skipping up to \fIn\fR bytes. For instance,
3147 \&\fB\-falign-functions=32\fR aligns functions to the next 32\-byte
3148 boundary, but \fB\-falign-functions=24\fR would align to the next
3149 32\-byte boundary only if this can be done by skipping 23 bytes or less.
3151 \&\fB\-fno-align-functions\fR and \fB\-falign-functions=1\fR are
3152 equivalent and mean that functions will not be aligned.
3154 Some assemblers only support this flag when \fIn\fR is a power of two;
3155 in that case, it is rounded up.
3157 If \fIn\fR is not specified, use a machine-dependent default.
3158 .Ip "\fB\-falign-labels\fR" 4
3159 .IX Item "-falign-labels"
3161 .Ip "\fB\-falign-labels=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
3162 .IX Item "-falign-labels=n"
3164 Align all branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to
3165 \&\fIn\fR bytes like \fB\-falign-functions\fR. This option can easily
3166 make code slower, because it must insert dummy operations for when the
3167 branch target is reached in the usual flow of the code.
3169 If \fB\-falign-loops\fR or \fB\-falign-jumps\fR are applicable and
3170 are greater than this value, then their values are used instead.
3172 If \fIn\fR is not specified, use a machine-dependent default which is
3173 very likely to be \fB1\fR, meaning no alignment.
3174 .Ip "\fB\-falign-loops\fR" 4
3175 .IX Item "-falign-loops"
3177 .Ip "\fB\-falign-loops=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
3178 .IX Item "-falign-loops=n"
3180 Align loops to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to \fIn\fR bytes
3181 like \fB\-falign-functions\fR. The hope is that the loop will be
3182 executed many times, which will make up for any execution of the dummy
3185 If \fIn\fR is not specified, use a machine-dependent default.
3186 .Ip "\fB\-falign-jumps\fR" 4
3187 .IX Item "-falign-jumps"
3189 .Ip "\fB\-falign-jumps=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
3190 .IX Item "-falign-jumps=n"
3192 Align branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, for branch targets
3193 where the targets can only be reached by jumping, skipping up to \fIn\fR
3194 bytes like \fB\-falign-functions\fR. In this case, no dummy operations
3197 If \fIn\fR is not specified, use a machine-dependent default.
3198 .Ip "\fB\-fssa\fR" 4
3200 Perform optimizations in static single assignment form. Each function's
3201 flow graph is translated into \s-1SSA\s0 form, optimizations are performed, and
3202 the flow graph is translated back from \s-1SSA\s0 form. User's should not
3203 specify this option, since it is not yet ready for production use.
3204 .Ip "\fB\-fdce\fR" 4
3206 Perform dead-code elimination in \s-1SSA\s0 form. Requires \fB\-fssa\fR. Like
3207 \&\fB\-fssa\fR, this is an experimental feature.
3208 .Ip "\fB\-fsingle-precision-constant\fR" 4
3209 .IX Item "-fsingle-precision-constant"
3210 Treat floating point constant as single precision constant instead of
3211 implicitly converting it to double precision constant.
3212 .Ip "\fB\-frename-registers\fR" 4
3213 .IX Item "-frename-registers"
3214 Attempt to avoid false dependancies in scheduled code by making use
3215 of registers left over after register allocation. This optimization
3216 will most benefit processors with lots of registers. It can, however,
3217 make debugging impossible, since variables will no longer stay in
3218 a ``home register''.
3219 .Ip "\fB\*(--param\fR \fIname\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4
3220 .IX Item "param name=value"
3221 In some places, \s-1GCC\s0 uses various constants to control the amount of
3222 optimization that is done. For example, \s-1GCC\s0 will not inline functions
3223 that contain more that a certain number of instructions. You can
3224 control some of these constants on the command-line using the
3225 \&\fB\*(--param\fR option.
3227 In each case, the \fIvalue\fR is a integer. The allowable choices for
3228 \&\fIname\fR are given in the following table:
3230 .Ip "\fBmax-inline-insns\fR" 4
3231 .IX Item "max-inline-insns"
3232 If an function contains more than this many instructions, it
3233 will not be inlined. This option is precisely equivalent to
3234 \&\fB\-finline-limit\fR.
3235 .Ip "\fBmax-gcse-memory\fR" 4
3236 .IX Item "max-gcse-memory"
3237 The approximate maximum amount of memory that will be allocated in
3238 order to perform the global common subexpression elimination
3239 optimization. If more memory than specified is required, the
3240 optimization will not be done.
3244 .Sh "Options Controlling the Preprocessor"
3245 .IX Subsection "Options Controlling the Preprocessor"
3246 These options control the C preprocessor, which is run on each C source
3247 file before actual compilation.
3249 If you use the \fB\-E\fR option, nothing is done except preprocessing.
3250 Some of these options make sense only together with \fB\-E\fR because
3251 they cause the preprocessor output to be unsuitable for actual
3253 .Ip "\fB\-include\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
3254 .IX Item "-include file"
3255 Process \fIfile\fR as input before processing the regular input file.
3256 In effect, the contents of \fIfile\fR are compiled first. Any \fB\-D\fR
3257 and \fB\-U\fR options on the command line are always processed before
3258 \&\fB\-include\fR \fIfile\fR, regardless of the order in which they are
3259 written. All the \fB\-include\fR and \fB\-imacros\fR options are
3260 processed in the order in which they are written.
3261 .Ip "\fB\-imacros\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
3262 .IX Item "-imacros file"
3263 Process \fIfile\fR as input, discarding the resulting output, before
3264 processing the regular input file. Because the output generated from
3265 \&\fIfile\fR is discarded, the only effect of \fB\-imacros\fR \fIfile\fR
3266 is to make the macros defined in \fIfile\fR available for use in the
3267 main input. All the \fB\-include\fR and \fB\-imacros\fR options are
3268 processed in the order in which they are written.
3269 .Ip "\fB\-idirafter\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
3270 .IX Item "-idirafter dir"
3271 Add the directory \fIdir\fR to the second include path. The directories
3272 on the second include path are searched when a header file is not found
3273 in any of the directories in the main include path (the one that
3274 \&\fB\-I\fR adds to).
3275 .Ip "\fB\-iprefix\fR \fIprefix\fR" 4
3276 .IX Item "-iprefix prefix"
3277 Specify \fIprefix\fR as the prefix for subsequent \fB\-iwithprefix\fR
3279 .Ip "\fB\-iwithprefix\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
3280 .IX Item "-iwithprefix dir"
3281 Add a directory to the second include path. The directory's name is
3282 made by concatenating \fIprefix\fR and \fIdir\fR, where \fIprefix\fR was
3283 specified previously with \fB\-iprefix\fR. If you have not specified a
3284 prefix yet, the directory containing the installed passes of the
3285 compiler is used as the default.
3286 .Ip "\fB\-iwithprefixbefore\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
3287 .IX Item "-iwithprefixbefore dir"
3288 Add a directory to the main include path. The directory's name is made
3289 by concatenating \fIprefix\fR and \fIdir\fR, as in the case of
3290 \&\fB\-iwithprefix\fR.
3291 .Ip "\fB\-isystem\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
3292 .IX Item "-isystem dir"
3293 Add a directory to the beginning of the second include path, marking it
3294 as a system directory, so that it gets the same special treatment as
3295 is applied to the standard system directories.
3296 .Ip "\fB\-nostdinc\fR" 4
3297 .IX Item "-nostdinc"
3298 Do not search the standard system directories for header files. Only
3299 the directories you have specified with \fB\-I\fR options (and the
3300 current directory, if appropriate) are searched.
3302 By using both \fB\-nostdinc\fR and \fB\-I-\fR, you can limit the include-file
3303 search path to only those directories you specify explicitly.
3304 .Ip "\fB\-remap\fR" 4
3306 When searching for a header file in a directory, remap file names if a
3307 file named \fIheader.gcc\fR exists in that directory. This can be used
3308 to work around limitations of file systems with file name restrictions.
3309 The \fIheader.gcc\fR file should contain a series of lines with two
3310 tokens on each line: the first token is the name to map, and the second
3311 token is the actual name to use.
3312 .Ip "\fB\-undef\fR" 4
3314 Do not predefine any nonstandard macros. (Including architecture flags).
3317 Run only the C preprocessor. Preprocess all the C source files
3318 specified and output the results to standard output or to the
3319 specified output file.
3322 Tell the preprocessor not to discard comments. Used with the
3326 Tell the preprocessor not to generate \fB#line\fR directives.
3327 Used with the \fB\-E\fR option.
3330 Instead of outputting the result of preprocessing, output a rule
3331 suitable for \f(CW\*(C`make\*(C'\fR describing the dependencies of the main source
3332 file. The preprocessor outputs one \f(CW\*(C`make\*(C'\fR rule containing the
3333 object file name for that source file, a colon, and the names of all the
3334 included files. Unless overridden explicitly, the object file name
3335 consists of the basename of the source file with any suffix replaced with
3336 object file suffix. If there are many included files then the
3337 rule is split into several lines using \fB\e\fR\-newline.
3339 \&\fB\-M\fR implies \fB\-E\fR.
3342 Like \fB\-M\fR, but mention only the files included with \fB#include
3343 "\fR\fIfile\fR\fB"\fR. System header files included with \fB#include
3344 <\fR\fIfile\fR\fB>\fR are omitted.
3347 Like \fB\-M\fR but the dependency information is written to a file
3348 rather than stdout. \f(CW\*(C`gcc\*(C'\fR will use the same file name and
3349 directory as the object file, but with the suffix \*(L".d\*(R" instead.
3351 This is in addition to compiling the main file as specified \-\-\-
3352 \&\fB\-MD\fR does not inhibit ordinary compilation the way \fB\-M\fR does,
3353 unless you also specify \fB\-MG\fR.
3355 With Mach, you can use the utility \f(CW\*(C`md\*(C'\fR to merge multiple
3356 dependency files into a single dependency file suitable for using with
3357 the \fBmake\fR command.
3360 Like \fB\-MD\fR except mention only user header files, not system
3362 .Ip "\fB\-MF\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
3364 When used with \fB\-M\fR or \fB\-MM\fR, specifies a file to write the
3365 dependencies to. This allows the preprocessor to write the preprocessed
3366 file to stdout normally. If no \fB\-MF\fR switch is given, \s-1CPP\s0 sends
3367 the rules to stdout and suppresses normal preprocessed output.
3369 Another way to specify output of a \f(CW\*(C`make\*(C'\fR rule is by setting
3370 the environment variable \fB\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0\fR.
3373 When used with \fB\-M\fR or \fB\-MM\fR, \fB\-MG\fR says to treat missing
3374 header files as generated files and assume they live in the same
3375 directory as the source file. It suppresses preprocessed output, as a
3376 missing header file is ordinarily an error.
3378 This feature is used in automatic updating of makefiles.
3381 This option instructs \s-1CPP\s0 to add a phony target for each dependency
3382 other than the main file, causing each to depend on nothing. These
3383 dummy rules work around errors \f(CW\*(C`make\*(C'\fR gives if you remove header
3384 files without updating the \f(CW\*(C`Makefile\*(C'\fR to match.
3386 This is typical output:\-
3389 \& /tmp/test.o: /tmp/test.c /tmp/test.h
3394 .Ip "\fB\-MQ\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
3395 .IX Item "-MQ target"
3397 .Ip "\fB\-MT\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
3398 .IX Item "-MT target"
3400 By default \s-1CPP\s0 uses the main file name, including any path, and appends
3401 the object suffix, normally ``.o'', to it to obtain the name of the
3402 target for dependency generation. With \fB\-MT\fR you can specify a
3403 target yourself, overriding the default one.
3405 If you want multiple targets, you can specify them as a single argument
3406 to \fB\-MT\fR, or use multiple \fB\-MT\fR options.
3408 The targets you specify are output in the order they appear on the
3409 command line. \fB\-MQ\fR is identical to \fB\-MT\fR, except that the
3410 target name is quoted for Make, but with \fB\-MT\fR it isn't. For
3411 example, \-MT '$(objpfx)foo.o' gives
3414 \& $(objpfx)foo.o: /tmp/foo.c
3416 but \-MQ '$(objpfx)foo.o' gives
3419 \& $$(objpfx)foo.o: /tmp/foo.c
3421 The default target is automatically quoted, as if it were given with
3425 Print the name of each header file used, in addition to other normal
3427 .Ip "\fB\-A\fR\fIquestion\fR\fB(\fR\fIanswer\fR\fB)\fR" 4
3428 .IX Item "-Aquestion(answer)"
3429 Assert the answer \fIanswer\fR for \fIquestion\fR, in case it is tested
3430 with a preprocessing conditional such as \fB#if
3431 #\fR\fIquestion\fR\fB(\fR\fIanswer\fR\fB)\fR. \fB\-A-\fR disables the standard
3432 assertions that normally describe the target machine.
3433 .Ip "\fB\-D\fR\fImacro\fR" 4
3435 Define macro \fImacro\fR with the string \fB1\fR as its definition.
3436 .Ip "\fB\-D\fR\fImacro\fR\fB=\fR\fIdefn\fR" 4
3437 .IX Item "-Dmacro=defn"
3438 Define macro \fImacro\fR as \fIdefn\fR. All instances of \fB\-D\fR on
3439 the command line are processed before any \fB\-U\fR options.
3441 Any \fB\-D\fR and \fB\-U\fR options on the command line are processed in
3442 order, and always before \fB\-imacros\fR \fIfile\fR, regardless of the
3443 order in which they are written.
3444 .Ip "\fB\-U\fR\fImacro\fR" 4
3446 Undefine macro \fImacro\fR. \fB\-U\fR options are evaluated after all
3447 \&\fB\-D\fR options, but before any \fB\-include\fR and \fB\-imacros\fR
3450 Any \fB\-D\fR and \fB\-U\fR options on the command line are processed in
3451 order, and always before \fB\-imacros\fR \fIfile\fR, regardless of the
3452 order in which they are written.
3455 Tell the preprocessor to output only a list of the macro definitions
3456 that are in effect at the end of preprocessing. Used with the \fB\-E\fR
3460 Tell the preprocessing to pass all macro definitions into the output, in
3461 their proper sequence in the rest of the output.
3464 Like \fB\-dD\fR except that the macro arguments and contents are omitted.
3465 Only \fB#define\fR \fIname\fR is included in the output.
3468 Output \fB#include\fR directives in addition to the result of
3470 .Ip "\fB\-trigraphs\fR" 4
3471 .IX Item "-trigraphs"
3472 Process \s-1ISO\s0 standard trigraph sequences. These are three-character
3473 sequences, all starting with \fB??\fR, that are defined by \s-1ISO\s0 C to
3474 stand for single characters. For example, \fB??/\fR stands for
3475 \&\fB\e\fR, so \fB'??/n'\fR is a character constant for a newline. By
3476 default, \s-1GCC\s0 ignores trigraphs, but in standard-conforming modes it
3477 converts them. See the \fB\-std\fR and \fB\-ansi\fR options.
3479 The nine trigraph sequences are
3511 Trigraph support is not popular, so many compilers do not implement it
3512 properly. Portable code should not rely on trigraphs being either
3513 converted or ignored.
3515 .Ip "\fB\-Wp,\fR\fIoption\fR" 4
3516 .IX Item "-Wp,option"
3517 Pass \fIoption\fR as an option to the preprocessor. If \fIoption\fR
3518 contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
3519 .Sh "Passing Options to the Assembler"
3520 .IX Subsection "Passing Options to the Assembler"
3521 You can pass options to the assembler.
3522 .Ip "\fB\-Wa,\fR\fIoption\fR" 4
3523 .IX Item "-Wa,option"
3524 Pass \fIoption\fR as an option to the assembler. If \fIoption\fR
3525 contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
3526 .Sh "Options for Linking"
3527 .IX Subsection "Options for Linking"
3528 These options come into play when the compiler links object files into
3529 an executable output file. They are meaningless if the compiler is
3530 not doing a link step.
3531 .Ip "\fIobject-file-name\fR" 4
3532 .IX Item "object-file-name"
3533 A file name that does not end in a special recognized suffix is
3534 considered to name an object file or library. (Object files are
3535 distinguished from libraries by the linker according to the file
3536 contents.) If linking is done, these object files are used as input
3546 If any of these options is used, then the linker is not run, and
3547 object file names should not be used as arguments.
3548 .Ip "\fB\-l\fR\fIlibrary\fR" 4
3549 .IX Item "-llibrary"
3550 Search the library named \fIlibrary\fR when linking.
3552 It makes a difference where in the command you write this option; the
3553 linker searches processes libraries and object files in the order they
3554 are specified. Thus, \fBfoo.o \-lz bar.o\fR searches library \fBz\fR
3555 after file \fIfoo.o\fR but before \fIbar.o\fR. If \fIbar.o\fR refers
3556 to functions in \fBz\fR, those functions may not be loaded.
3558 The linker searches a standard list of directories for the library,
3559 which is actually a file named \fIlib\fIlibrary\fI.a\fR. The linker
3560 then uses this file as if it had been specified precisely by name.
3562 The directories searched include several standard system directories
3563 plus any that you specify with \fB\-L\fR.
3565 Normally the files found this way are library files\-\-\-archive files
3566 whose members are object files. The linker handles an archive file by
3567 scanning through it for members which define symbols that have so far
3568 been referenced but not defined. But if the file that is found is an
3569 ordinary object file, it is linked in the usual fashion. The only
3570 difference between using an \fB\-l\fR option and specifying a file name
3571 is that \fB\-l\fR surrounds \fIlibrary\fR with \fBlib\fR and \fB.a\fR
3572 and searches several directories.
3573 .Ip "\fB\-lobjc\fR" 4
3575 You need this special case of the \fB\-l\fR option in order to
3576 link an Objective C program.
3577 .Ip "\fB\-nostartfiles\fR" 4
3578 .IX Item "-nostartfiles"
3579 Do not use the standard system startup files when linking.
3580 The standard system libraries are used normally, unless \fB\-nostdlib\fR
3581 or \fB\-nodefaultlibs\fR is used.
3582 .Ip "\fB\-nodefaultlibs\fR" 4
3583 .IX Item "-nodefaultlibs"
3584 Do not use the standard system libraries when linking.
3585 Only the libraries you specify will be passed to the linker.
3586 The standard startup files are used normally, unless \fB\-nostartfiles\fR
3587 is used. The compiler may generate calls to memcmp, memset, and memcpy
3588 for System V (and \s-1ISO\s0 C) environments or to bcopy and bzero for
3589 \&\s-1BSD\s0 environments. These entries are usually resolved by entries in
3590 libc. These entry points should be supplied through some other
3591 mechanism when this option is specified.
3592 .Ip "\fB\-nostdlib\fR" 4
3593 .IX Item "-nostdlib"
3594 Do not use the standard system startup files or libraries when linking.
3595 No startup files and only the libraries you specify will be passed to
3596 the linker. The compiler may generate calls to memcmp, memset, and memcpy
3597 for System V (and \s-1ISO\s0 C) environments or to bcopy and bzero for
3598 \&\s-1BSD\s0 environments. These entries are usually resolved by entries in
3599 libc. These entry points should be supplied through some other
3600 mechanism when this option is specified.
3602 One of the standard libraries bypassed by \fB\-nostdlib\fR and
3603 \&\fB\-nodefaultlibs\fR is \fIlibgcc.a\fR, a library of internal subroutines
3604 that \s-1GCC\s0 uses to overcome shortcomings of particular machines, or special
3605 needs for some languages.
3607 In most cases, you need \fIlibgcc.a\fR even when you want to avoid
3608 other standard libraries. In other words, when you specify \fB\-nostdlib\fR
3609 or \fB\-nodefaultlibs\fR you should usually specify \fB\-lgcc\fR as well.
3610 This ensures that you have no unresolved references to internal \s-1GCC\s0
3611 library subroutines. (For example, \fB_\|_main\fR, used to ensure \*(C+
3612 constructors will be called.)
3615 Remove all symbol table and relocation information from the executable.
3616 .Ip "\fB\-static\fR" 4
3618 On systems that support dynamic linking, this prevents linking with the shared
3619 libraries. On other systems, this option has no effect.
3620 .Ip "\fB\-shared\fR" 4
3622 Produce a shared object which can then be linked with other objects to
3623 form an executable. Not all systems support this option. For predictable
3624 results, you must also specify the same set of options that were used to
3625 generate code (\fB\-fpic\fR, \fB\-fPIC\fR, or model suboptions)
3626 when you specify this option.[1]
3627 .Ip "\fB\-shared-libgcc\fR" 4
3628 .IX Item "-shared-libgcc"
3630 .Ip "\fB\-static-libgcc\fR" 4
3631 .IX Item "-static-libgcc"
3633 On systems that provide \fIlibgcc\fR as a shared library, these options
3634 force the use of either the shared or static version respectively.
3635 If no shared version of \fIlibgcc\fR was built when the compiler was
3636 configured, these options have no effect.
3638 There are several situations in which an application should use the
3639 shared \fIlibgcc\fR instead of the static version. The most common
3640 of these is when the application wishes to throw and catch exceptions
3641 across different shared libraries. In that case, each of the libraries
3642 as well as the application itself should use the shared \fIlibgcc\fR.
3644 Therefore, whenever you specify the \fB\-shared\fR option, the \s-1GCC\s0
3645 driver automatically adds \fB\-shared-libgcc\fR, unless you explicitly
3646 specify \fB\-static-libgcc\fR. The G++ driver automatically adds
3647 \&\fB\-shared-libgcc\fR when you build a main executable as well because
3648 for \*(C+ programs that is typically the right thing to do.
3649 (Exception-handling will not work reliably otherwise.)
3651 However, when linking a main executable written in C, you must
3652 explicitly say \fB\-shared-libgcc\fR if you want to use the shared
3654 .Ip "\fB\-symbolic\fR" 4
3655 .IX Item "-symbolic"
3656 Bind references to global symbols when building a shared object. Warn
3657 about any unresolved references (unless overridden by the link editor
3658 option \fB\-Xlinker \-z \-Xlinker defs\fR). Only a few systems support
3660 .Ip "\fB\-Xlinker\fR \fIoption\fR" 4
3661 .IX Item "-Xlinker option"
3662 Pass \fIoption\fR as an option to the linker. You can use this to
3663 supply system-specific linker options which \s-1GCC\s0 does not know how to
3666 If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use
3667 \&\fB\-Xlinker\fR twice, once for the option and once for the argument.
3668 For example, to pass \fB\-assert definitions\fR, you must write
3669 \&\fB\-Xlinker \-assert \-Xlinker definitions\fR. It does not work to write
3670 \&\fB\-Xlinker \*(L"\-assert definitions\*(R"\fR, because this passes the entire
3671 string as a single argument, which is not what the linker expects.
3672 .Ip "\fB\-Wl,\fR\fIoption\fR" 4
3673 .IX Item "-Wl,option"
3674 Pass \fIoption\fR as an option to the linker. If \fIoption\fR contains
3675 commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
3676 .Ip "\fB\-u\fR \fIsymbol\fR" 4
3677 .IX Item "-u symbol"
3678 Pretend the symbol \fIsymbol\fR is undefined, to force linking of
3679 library modules to define it. You can use \fB\-u\fR multiple times with
3680 different symbols to force loading of additional library modules.
3681 .Sh "Options for Directory Search"
3682 .IX Subsection "Options for Directory Search"
3683 These options specify directories to search for header files, for
3684 libraries and for parts of the compiler:
3685 .Ip "\fB\-I\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
3687 Add the directory \fIdir\fR to the head of the list of directories to be
3688 searched for header files. This can be used to override a system header
3689 file, substituting your own version, since these directories are
3690 searched before the system header file directories. However, you should
3691 not use this option to add directories that contain vendor-supplied
3692 system header files (use \fB\-isystem\fR for that). If you use more than
3693 one \fB\-I\fR option, the directories are scanned in left-to-right
3694 order; the standard system directories come after.
3697 Any directories you specify with \fB\-I\fR options before the \fB\-I-\fR
3698 option are searched only for the case of \fB#include "\fR\fIfile\fR\fB"\fR;
3699 they are not searched for \fB#include <\fR\fIfile\fR\fB>\fR.
3701 If additional directories are specified with \fB\-I\fR options after
3702 the \fB\-I-\fR, these directories are searched for all \fB#include\fR
3703 directives. (Ordinarily \fIall\fR \fB\-I\fR directories are used
3706 In addition, the \fB\-I-\fR option inhibits the use of the current
3707 directory (where the current input file came from) as the first search
3708 directory for \fB#include "\fR\fIfile\fR\fB"\fR. There is no way to
3709 override this effect of \fB\-I-\fR. With \fB\-I.\fR you can specify
3710 searching the directory which was current when the compiler was
3711 invoked. That is not exactly the same as what the preprocessor does
3712 by default, but it is often satisfactory.
3714 \&\fB\-I-\fR does not inhibit the use of the standard system directories
3715 for header files. Thus, \fB\-I-\fR and \fB\-nostdinc\fR are
3717 .Ip "\fB\-L\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
3719 Add directory \fIdir\fR to the list of directories to be searched
3721 .Ip "\fB\-B\fR\fIprefix\fR" 4
3723 This option specifies where to find the executables, libraries,
3724 include files, and data files of the compiler itself.
3726 The compiler driver program runs one or more of the subprograms
3727 \&\fIcpp\fR, \fIcc1\fR, \fIas\fR and \fIld\fR. It tries
3728 \&\fIprefix\fR as a prefix for each program it tries to run, both with and
3729 without \fImachine\fR\fB/\fR\fIversion\fR\fB/\fR.
3731 For each subprogram to be run, the compiler driver first tries the
3732 \&\fB\-B\fR prefix, if any. If that name is not found, or if \fB\-B\fR
3733 was not specified, the driver tries two standard prefixes, which are
3734 \&\fI/usr/lib/gcc/\fR and \fI/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib/\fR. If neither of
3735 those results in a file name that is found, the unmodified program
3736 name is searched for using the directories specified in your
3737 \&\fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR environment variable.
3739 \&\fB\-B\fR prefixes that effectively specify directory names also apply
3740 to libraries in the linker, because the compiler translates these
3741 options into \fB\-L\fR options for the linker. They also apply to
3742 includes files in the preprocessor, because the compiler translates these
3743 options into \fB\-isystem\fR options for the preprocessor. In this case,
3744 the compiler appends \fBinclude\fR to the prefix.
3746 The run-time support file \fIlibgcc.a\fR can also be searched for using
3747 the \fB\-B\fR prefix, if needed. If it is not found there, the two
3748 standard prefixes above are tried, and that is all. The file is left
3749 out of the link if it is not found by those means.
3751 Another way to specify a prefix much like the \fB\-B\fR prefix is to use
3752 the environment variable \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR.
3753 .Ip "\fB\-specs=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
3754 .IX Item "-specs=file"
3755 Process \fIfile\fR after the compiler reads in the standard \fIspecs\fR
3756 file, in order to override the defaults that the \fIgcc\fR driver
3757 program uses when determining what switches to pass to \fIcc1\fR,
3758 \&\fIcc1plus\fR, \fIas\fR, \fIld\fR, etc. More than one
3759 \&\fB\-specs=\fR\fIfile\fR can be specified on the command line, and they
3760 are processed in order, from left to right.
3761 .Sh "Specifying Target Machine and Compiler Version"
3762 .IX Subsection "Specifying Target Machine and Compiler Version"
3763 By default, \s-1GCC\s0 compiles code for the same type of machine that you
3764 are using. However, it can also be installed as a cross-compiler, to
3765 compile for some other type of machine. In fact, several different
3766 configurations of \s-1GCC\s0, for different target machines, can be
3767 installed side by side. Then you specify which one to use with the
3770 In addition, older and newer versions of \s-1GCC\s0 can be installed side
3771 by side. One of them (probably the newest) will be the default, but
3772 you may sometimes wish to use another.
3773 .Ip "\fB\-b\fR \fImachine\fR" 4
3774 .IX Item "-b machine"
3775 The argument \fImachine\fR specifies the target machine for compilation.
3776 This is useful when you have installed \s-1GCC\s0 as a cross-compiler.
3778 The value to use for \fImachine\fR is the same as was specified as the
3779 machine type when configuring \s-1GCC\s0 as a cross-compiler. For
3780 example, if a cross-compiler was configured with \fBconfigure
3781 i386v\fR, meaning to compile for an 80386 running System V, then you
3782 would specify \fB\-b i386v\fR to run that cross compiler.
3784 When you do not specify \fB\-b\fR, it normally means to compile for
3785 the same type of machine that you are using.
3786 .Ip "\fB\-V\fR \fIversion\fR" 4
3787 .IX Item "-V version"
3788 The argument \fIversion\fR specifies which version of \s-1GCC\s0 to run.
3789 This is useful when multiple versions are installed. For example,
3790 \&\fIversion\fR might be \fB2.0\fR, meaning to run \s-1GCC\s0 version 2.0.
3792 The default version, when you do not specify \fB\-V\fR, is the last
3793 version of \s-1GCC\s0 that you installed.
3795 The \fB\-b\fR and \fB\-V\fR options actually work by controlling part of
3796 the file name used for the executable files and libraries used for
3797 compilation. A given version of \s-1GCC\s0, for a given target machine, is
3798 normally kept in the directory \fI/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib/\fImachine\fI/\fIversion\fI\fR.
3800 Thus, sites can customize the effect of \fB\-b\fR or \fB\-V\fR either by
3801 changing the names of these directories or adding alternate names (or
3802 symbolic links). If in directory \fI/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib/\fR the
3803 file \fI80386\fR is a link to the file \fIi386v\fR, then \fB\-b
3804 80386\fR becomes an alias for \fB\-b i386v\fR.
3806 In one respect, the \fB\-b\fR or \fB\-V\fR do not completely change
3807 to a different compiler: the top-level driver program \fBgcc\fR
3808 that you originally invoked continues to run and invoke the other
3809 executables (preprocessor, compiler per se, assembler and linker)
3810 that do the real work. However, since no real work is done in the
3811 driver program, it usually does not matter that the driver program
3812 in use is not the one for the specified target. It is common for the
3813 interface to the other executables to change incompatibly between
3814 compiler versions, so unless the version specified is very close to that
3815 of the driver (for example, \fB\-V 3.0\fR with a driver program from \s-1GCC\s0
3816 version 3.0.1), use of \fB\-V\fR may not work; for example, using
3817 \&\fB\-V 2.95.2\fR will not work with a driver program from \s-1GCC\s0 3.0.
3819 The only way that the driver program depends on the target machine is
3820 in the parsing and handling of special machine-specific options.
3821 However, this is controlled by a file which is found, along with the
3822 other executables, in the directory for the specified version and
3823 target machine. As a result, a single installed driver program adapts
3824 to any specified target machine, and sufficiently similar compiler
3827 The driver program executable does control one significant thing,
3828 however: the default version and target machine. Therefore, you can
3829 install different instances of the driver program, compiled for
3830 different targets or versions, under different names.
3832 For example, if the driver for version 2.0 is installed as \fBogcc\fR
3833 and that for version 2.1 is installed as \fBgcc\fR, then the command
3834 \&\fBgcc\fR will use version 2.1 by default, while \fBogcc\fR will use
3835 2.0 by default. However, you can choose either version with either
3836 command with the \fB\-V\fR option.
3837 .Sh "Hardware Models and Configurations"
3838 .IX Subsection "Hardware Models and Configurations"
3839 Earlier we discussed the standard option \fB\-b\fR which chooses among
3840 different installed compilers for completely different target
3841 machines, such as Vax vs. 68000 vs. 80386.
3843 In addition, each of these target machine types can have its own
3844 special options, starting with \fB\-m\fR, to choose among various
3845 hardware models or configurations\-\-\-for example, 68010 vs 68020,
3846 floating coprocessor or none. A single installed version of the
3847 compiler can compile for any model or configuration, according to the
3850 Some configurations of the compiler also support additional special
3851 options, usually for compatibility with other compilers on the same
3855 .IX Subsection "M680x0 Options"
3857 These are the \fB\-m\fR options defined for the 68000 series. The default
3858 values for these options depends on which style of 68000 was selected when
3859 the compiler was configured; the defaults for the most common choices are
3861 .Ip "\fB\-m68000\fR" 4
3864 .Ip "\fB\-mc68000\fR" 4
3867 Generate output for a 68000. This is the default
3868 when the compiler is configured for 68000\-based systems.
3870 Use this option for microcontrollers with a 68000 or \s-1EC000\s0 core,
3871 including the 68008, 68302, 68306, 68307, 68322, 68328 and 68356.
3872 .Ip "\fB\-m68020\fR" 4
3875 .Ip "\fB\-mc68020\fR" 4
3878 Generate output for a 68020. This is the default
3879 when the compiler is configured for 68020\-based systems.
3880 .Ip "\fB\-m68881\fR" 4
3882 Generate output containing 68881 instructions for floating point.
3883 This is the default for most 68020 systems unless \fB\-nfp\fR was
3884 specified when the compiler was configured.
3885 .Ip "\fB\-m68030\fR" 4
3887 Generate output for a 68030. This is the default when the compiler is
3888 configured for 68030\-based systems.
3889 .Ip "\fB\-m68040\fR" 4
3891 Generate output for a 68040. This is the default when the compiler is
3892 configured for 68040\-based systems.
3894 This option inhibits the use of 68881/68882 instructions that have to be
3895 emulated by software on the 68040. Use this option if your 68040 does not
3896 have code to emulate those instructions.
3897 .Ip "\fB\-m68060\fR" 4
3899 Generate output for a 68060. This is the default when the compiler is
3900 configured for 68060\-based systems.
3902 This option inhibits the use of 68020 and 68881/68882 instructions that
3903 have to be emulated by software on the 68060. Use this option if your 68060
3904 does not have code to emulate those instructions.
3905 .Ip "\fB\-mcpu32\fR" 4
3907 Generate output for a \s-1CPU32\s0. This is the default
3908 when the compiler is configured for CPU32\-based systems.
3910 Use this option for microcontrollers with a
3911 \&\s-1CPU32\s0 or \s-1CPU32+\s0 core, including the 68330, 68331, 68332, 68333, 68334,
3912 68336, 68340, 68341, 68349 and 68360.
3913 .Ip "\fB\-m5200\fR" 4
3915 Generate output for a 520X \*(L"coldfire\*(R" family cpu. This is the default
3916 when the compiler is configured for 520X-based systems.
3918 Use this option for microcontroller with a 5200 core, including
3919 the \s-1MCF5202\s0, \s-1MCF5203\s0, \s-1MCF5204\s0 and \s-1MCF5202\s0.
3920 .Ip "\fB\-m68020\-40\fR" 4
3921 .IX Item "-m68020-40"
3922 Generate output for a 68040, without using any of the new instructions.
3923 This results in code which can run relatively efficiently on either a
3924 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the
3925 68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68040.
3926 .Ip "\fB\-m68020\-60\fR" 4
3927 .IX Item "-m68020-60"
3928 Generate output for a 68060, without using any of the new instructions.
3929 This results in code which can run relatively efficiently on either a
3930 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the
3931 68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68060.
3932 .Ip "\fB\-mfpa\fR" 4
3934 Generate output containing Sun \s-1FPA\s0 instructions for floating point.
3935 .Ip "\fB\-msoft-float\fR" 4
3936 .IX Item "-msoft-float"
3937 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
3938 \&\fBWarning:\fR the requisite libraries are not available for all m68k
3939 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
3940 used, but this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must
3941 make your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
3942 cross-compilation. The embedded targets \fBm68k-*\-aout\fR and
3943 \&\fBm68k-*\-coff\fR do provide software floating point support.
3944 .Ip "\fB\-mshort\fR" 4
3946 Consider type \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR to be 16 bits wide, like \f(CW\*(C`short int\*(C'\fR.
3947 .Ip "\fB\-mnobitfield\fR" 4
3948 .IX Item "-mnobitfield"
3949 Do not use the bit-field instructions. The \fB\-m68000\fR, \fB\-mcpu32\fR
3950 and \fB\-m5200\fR options imply \fB\-mnobitfield\fR.
3951 .Ip "\fB\-mbitfield\fR" 4
3952 .IX Item "-mbitfield"
3953 Do use the bit-field instructions. The \fB\-m68020\fR option implies
3954 \&\fB\-mbitfield\fR. This is the default if you use a configuration
3955 designed for a 68020.
3956 .Ip "\fB\-mrtd\fR" 4
3958 Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions
3959 that take a fixed number of arguments return with the \f(CW\*(C`rtd\*(C'\fR
3960 instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This
3961 saves one instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop
3962 the arguments there.
3964 This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally
3965 used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries
3966 compiled with the Unix compiler.
3968 Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
3969 take variable numbers of arguments (including \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR);
3970 otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
3973 In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
3974 function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
3975 harmlessly ignored.)
3977 The \f(CW\*(C`rtd\*(C'\fR instruction is supported by the 68010, 68020, 68030,
3978 68040, 68060 and \s-1CPU32\s0 processors, but not by the 68000 or 5200.
3979 .Ip "\fB\-malign-int\fR" 4
3980 .IX Item "-malign-int"
3982 .Ip "\fB\-mno-align-int\fR" 4
3983 .IX Item "-mno-align-int"
3985 Control whether \s-1GCC\s0 aligns \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`long long\*(C'\fR,
3986 \&\f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR variables on a 32\-bit
3987 boundary (\fB\-malign-int\fR) or a 16\-bit boundary (\fB\-mno-align-int\fR).
3988 Aligning variables on 32\-bit boundaries produces code that runs somewhat
3989 faster on processors with 32\-bit busses at the expense of more memory.
3991 \&\fBWarning:\fR if you use the \fB\-malign-int\fR switch, \s-1GCC\s0 will
3992 align structures containing the above types differently than
3993 most published application binary interface specifications for the m68k.
3994 .Ip "\fB\-mpcrel\fR" 4
3996 Use the pc-relative addressing mode of the 68000 directly, instead of
3997 using a global offset table. At present, this option implies \-fpic,
3998 allowing at most a 16\-bit offset for pc-relative addressing. \-fPIC is
3999 not presently supported with \-mpcrel, though this could be supported for
4000 68020 and higher processors.
4001 .Ip "\fB\-mno-strict-align\fR" 4
4002 .IX Item "-mno-strict-align"
4004 .Ip "\fB\-mstrict-align\fR" 4
4005 .IX Item "-mstrict-align"
4007 Do not (do) assume that unaligned memory references will be handled by
4010 .I "M68hc1x Options"
4011 .IX Subsection "M68hc1x Options"
4013 These are the \fB\-m\fR options defined for the 68hc11 and 68hc12
4014 microcontrollers. The default values for these options depends on
4015 which style of microcontroller was selected when the compiler was configured;
4016 the defaults for the most common choices are given below.
4017 .Ip "\fB\-m6811\fR" 4
4020 .Ip "\fB\-m68hc11\fR" 4
4023 Generate output for a 68HC11. This is the default
4024 when the compiler is configured for 68HC11\-based systems.
4025 .Ip "\fB\-m6812\fR" 4
4028 .Ip "\fB\-m68hc12\fR" 4
4031 Generate output for a 68HC12. This is the default
4032 when the compiler is configured for 68HC12\-based systems.
4033 .Ip "\fB\-mauto-incdec\fR" 4
4034 .IX Item "-mauto-incdec"
4035 Enable the use of 68HC12 pre and post auto-increment and auto-decrement
4037 .Ip "\fB\-mshort\fR" 4
4039 Consider type \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR to be 16 bits wide, like \f(CW\*(C`short int\*(C'\fR.
4040 .Ip "\fB\-msoft-reg-count=\fR\fIcount\fR" 4
4041 .IX Item "-msoft-reg-count=count"
4042 Specify the number of pseudo-soft registers which are used for the
4043 code generation. The maximum number is 32. Using more pseudo-soft
4044 register may or may not result in better code depending on the program.
4045 The default is 4 for 68HC11 and 2 for 68HC12.
4047 .I "\s-1VAX\s0 Options"
4048 .IX Subsection "VAX Options"
4050 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the Vax:
4051 .Ip "\fB\-munix\fR" 4
4053 Do not output certain jump instructions (\f(CW\*(C`aobleq\*(C'\fR and so on)
4054 that the Unix assembler for the Vax cannot handle across long
4056 .Ip "\fB\-mgnu\fR" 4
4058 Do output those jump instructions, on the assumption that you
4059 will assemble with the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler.
4062 Output code for g-format floating point numbers instead of d-format.
4064 .I "\s-1SPARC\s0 Options"
4065 .IX Subsection "SPARC Options"
4067 These \fB\-m\fR switches are supported on the \s-1SPARC:\s0
4068 .Ip "\fB\-mno-app-regs\fR" 4
4069 .IX Item "-mno-app-regs"
4071 .Ip "\fB\-mapp-regs\fR" 4
4072 .IX Item "-mapp-regs"
4074 Specify \fB\-mapp-regs\fR to generate output using the global registers
4075 2 through 4, which the \s-1SPARC\s0 \s-1SVR4\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 reserves for applications. This
4078 To be fully \s-1SVR4\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 compliant at the cost of some performance loss,
4079 specify \fB\-mno-app-regs\fR. You should compile libraries and system
4080 software with this option.
4081 .Ip "\fB\-mfpu\fR" 4
4084 .Ip "\fB\-mhard-float\fR" 4
4085 .IX Item "-mhard-float"
4087 Generate output containing floating point instructions. This is the
4089 .Ip "\fB\-mno-fpu\fR" 4
4092 .Ip "\fB\-msoft-float\fR" 4
4093 .IX Item "-msoft-float"
4095 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
4096 \&\fBWarning:\fR the requisite libraries are not available for all \s-1SPARC\s0
4097 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
4098 used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
4099 your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
4100 cross-compilation. The embedded targets \fBsparc-*\-aout\fR and
4101 \&\fBsparclite-*\-*\fR do provide software floating point support.
4103 \&\fB\-msoft-float\fR changes the calling convention in the output file;
4104 therefore, it is only useful if you compile \fIall\fR of a program with
4105 this option. In particular, you need to compile \fIlibgcc.a\fR, the
4106 library that comes with \s-1GCC\s0, with \fB\-msoft-float\fR in order for
4108 .Ip "\fB\-mhard-quad-float\fR" 4
4109 .IX Item "-mhard-quad-float"
4110 Generate output containing quad-word (long double) floating point
4112 .Ip "\fB\-msoft-quad-float\fR" 4
4113 .IX Item "-msoft-quad-float"
4114 Generate output containing library calls for quad-word (long double)
4115 floating point instructions. The functions called are those specified
4116 in the \s-1SPARC\s0 \s-1ABI\s0. This is the default.
4118 As of this writing, there are no sparc implementations that have hardware
4119 support for the quad-word floating point instructions. They all invoke
4120 a trap handler for one of these instructions, and then the trap handler
4121 emulates the effect of the instruction. Because of the trap handler overhead,
4122 this is much slower than calling the \s-1ABI\s0 library routines. Thus the
4123 \&\fB\-msoft-quad-float\fR option is the default.
4124 .Ip "\fB\-mno-epilogue\fR" 4
4125 .IX Item "-mno-epilogue"
4127 .Ip "\fB\-mepilogue\fR" 4
4128 .IX Item "-mepilogue"
4130 With \fB\-mepilogue\fR (the default), the compiler always emits code for
4131 function exit at the end of each function. Any function exit in
4132 the middle of the function (such as a return statement in C) will
4133 generate a jump to the exit code at the end of the function.
4135 With \fB\-mno-epilogue\fR, the compiler tries to emit exit code inline
4136 at every function exit.
4137 .Ip "\fB\-mno-flat\fR" 4
4138 .IX Item "-mno-flat"
4140 .Ip "\fB\-mflat\fR" 4
4143 With \fB\-mflat\fR, the compiler does not generate save/restore instructions
4144 and will use a \*(L"flat\*(R" or single register window calling convention.
4145 This model uses \f(CW%i7\fR as the frame pointer and is compatible with the normal
4146 register window model. Code from either may be intermixed.
4147 The local registers and the input registers (0\-5) are still treated as
4148 \&\*(L"call saved\*(R" registers and will be saved on the stack as necessary.
4150 With \fB\-mno-flat\fR (the default), the compiler emits save/restore
4151 instructions (except for leaf functions) and is the normal mode of operation.
4152 .Ip "\fB\-mno-unaligned-doubles\fR" 4
4153 .IX Item "-mno-unaligned-doubles"
4155 .Ip "\fB\-munaligned-doubles\fR" 4
4156 .IX Item "-munaligned-doubles"
4158 Assume that doubles have 8 byte alignment. This is the default.
4160 With \fB\-munaligned-doubles\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 assumes that doubles have 8 byte
4161 alignment only if they are contained in another type, or if they have an
4162 absolute address. Otherwise, it assumes they have 4 byte alignment.
4163 Specifying this option avoids some rare compatibility problems with code
4164 generated by other compilers. It is not the default because it results
4165 in a performance loss, especially for floating point code.
4166 .Ip "\fB\-mno-faster-structs\fR" 4
4167 .IX Item "-mno-faster-structs"
4169 .Ip "\fB\-mfaster-structs\fR" 4
4170 .IX Item "-mfaster-structs"
4172 With \fB\-mfaster-structs\fR, the compiler assumes that structures
4173 should have 8 byte alignment. This enables the use of pairs of
4174 \&\f(CW\*(C`ldd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`std\*(C'\fR instructions for copies in structure
4175 assignment, in place of twice as many \f(CW\*(C`ld\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`st\*(C'\fR pairs.
4176 However, the use of this changed alignment directly violates the Sparc
4177 \&\s-1ABI\s0. Thus, it's intended only for use on targets where the developer
4178 acknowledges that their resulting code will not be directly in line with
4179 the rules of the \s-1ABI\s0.
4183 .Ip "\fB\-msparclite\fR" 4
4184 .IX Item "-msparclite"
4186 These two options select variations on the \s-1SPARC\s0 architecture.
4188 By default (unless specifically configured for the Fujitsu SPARClite),
4189 \&\s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the v7 variant of the \s-1SPARC\s0 architecture.
4191 \&\fB\-mv8\fR will give you \s-1SPARC\s0 v8 code. The only difference from v7
4192 code is that the compiler emits the integer multiply and integer
4193 divide instructions which exist in \s-1SPARC\s0 v8 but not in \s-1SPARC\s0 v7.
4195 \&\fB\-msparclite\fR will give you SPARClite code. This adds the integer
4196 multiply, integer divide step and scan (\f(CW\*(C`ffs\*(C'\fR) instructions which
4197 exist in SPARClite but not in \s-1SPARC\s0 v7.
4199 These options are deprecated and will be deleted in a future \s-1GCC\s0 release.
4200 They have been replaced with \fB\-mcpu=xxx\fR.
4201 .Ip "\fB\-mcypress\fR" 4
4202 .IX Item "-mcypress"
4204 .Ip "\fB\-msupersparc\fR" 4
4205 .IX Item "-msupersparc"
4207 These two options select the processor for which the code is optimised.
4209 With \fB\-mcypress\fR (the default), the compiler optimizes code for the
4210 Cypress \s-1CY7C602\s0 chip, as used in the SparcStation/SparcServer 3xx series.
4211 This is also appropriate for the older SparcStation 1, 2, \s-1IPX\s0 etc.
4213 With \fB\-msupersparc\fR the compiler optimizes code for the SuperSparc cpu, as
4214 used in the SparcStation 10, 1000 and 2000 series. This flag also enables use
4215 of the full \s-1SPARC\s0 v8 instruction set.
4217 These options are deprecated and will be deleted in a future \s-1GCC\s0 release.
4218 They have been replaced with \fB\-mcpu=xxx\fR.
4219 .Ip "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
4220 .IX Item "-mcpu=cpu_type"
4221 Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling parameters
4222 for machine type \fIcpu_type\fR. Supported values for \fIcpu_type\fR are
4223 \&\fBv7\fR, \fBcypress\fR, \fBv8\fR, \fBsupersparc\fR, \fBsparclite\fR,
4224 \&\fBhypersparc\fR, \fBsparclite86x\fR, \fBf930\fR, \fBf934\fR,
4225 \&\fBsparclet\fR, \fBtsc701\fR, \fBv9\fR, and \fBultrasparc\fR.
4227 Default instruction scheduling parameters are used for values that select
4228 an architecture and not an implementation. These are \fBv7\fR, \fBv8\fR,
4229 \&\fBsparclite\fR, \fBsparclet\fR, \fBv9\fR.
4231 Here is a list of each supported architecture and their supported
4236 \& v8: supersparc, hypersparc
4237 \& sparclite: f930, f934, sparclite86x
4241 .Ip "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
4242 .IX Item "-mtune=cpu_type"
4243 Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
4244 \&\fIcpu_type\fR, but do not set the instruction set or register set that the
4245 option \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR would.
4247 The same values for \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR are used for
4248 \&\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR, though the only useful values are those that
4249 select a particular cpu implementation: \fBcypress\fR, \fBsupersparc\fR,
4250 \&\fBhypersparc\fR, \fBf930\fR, \fBf934\fR, \fBsparclite86x\fR,
4251 \&\fBtsc701\fR, \fBultrasparc\fR.
4253 These \fB\-m\fR switches are supported in addition to the above
4254 on the \s-1SPARCLET\s0 processor.
4255 .Ip "\fB\-mlittle-endian\fR" 4
4256 .IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
4257 Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode.
4258 .Ip "\fB\-mlive-g0\fR" 4
4259 .IX Item "-mlive-g0"
4260 Treat register \f(CW\*(C`%g0\*(C'\fR as a normal register.
4261 \&\s-1GCC\s0 will continue to clobber it as necessary but will not assume
4262 it always reads as 0.
4263 .Ip "\fB\-mbroken-saverestore\fR" 4
4264 .IX Item "-mbroken-saverestore"
4265 Generate code that does not use non-trivial forms of the \f(CW\*(C`save\*(C'\fR and
4266 \&\f(CW\*(C`restore\*(C'\fR instructions. Early versions of the \s-1SPARCLET\s0 processor do
4267 not correctly handle \f(CW\*(C`save\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`restore\*(C'\fR instructions used with
4268 arguments. They correctly handle them used without arguments. A \f(CW\*(C`save\*(C'\fR
4269 instruction used without arguments increments the current window pointer
4270 but does not allocate a new stack frame. It is assumed that the window
4271 overflow trap handler will properly handle this case as will interrupt
4274 These \fB\-m\fR switches are supported in addition to the above
4275 on \s-1SPARC\s0 V9 processors in 64 bit environments.
4276 .Ip "\fB\-mlittle-endian\fR" 4
4277 .IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
4278 Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode.
4285 Generate code for a 32 bit or 64 bit environment.
4286 The 32 bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits.
4287 The 64 bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer
4289 .Ip "\fB\-mcmodel=medlow\fR" 4
4290 .IX Item "-mcmodel=medlow"
4291 Generate code for the Medium/Low code model: the program must be linked
4292 in the low 32 bits of the address space. Pointers are 64 bits.
4293 Programs can be statically or dynamically linked.
4294 .Ip "\fB\-mcmodel=medmid\fR" 4
4295 .IX Item "-mcmodel=medmid"
4296 Generate code for the Medium/Middle code model: the program must be linked
4297 in the low 44 bits of the address space, the text segment must be less than
4298 2G bytes, and data segment must be within 2G of the text segment.
4299 Pointers are 64 bits.
4300 .Ip "\fB\-mcmodel=medany\fR" 4
4301 .IX Item "-mcmodel=medany"
4302 Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model: the program may be linked
4303 anywhere in the address space, the text segment must be less than
4304 2G bytes, and data segment must be within 2G of the text segment.
4305 Pointers are 64 bits.
4306 .Ip "\fB\-mcmodel=embmedany\fR" 4
4307 .IX Item "-mcmodel=embmedany"
4308 Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model for embedded systems:
4309 assume a 32 bit text and a 32 bit data segment, both starting anywhere
4310 (determined at link time). Register \f(CW%g4\fR points to the base of the
4311 data segment. Pointers still 64 bits.
4312 Programs are statically linked, \s-1PIC\s0 is not supported.
4313 .Ip "\fB\-mstack-bias\fR" 4
4314 .IX Item "-mstack-bias"
4316 .Ip "\fB\-mno-stack-bias\fR" 4
4317 .IX Item "-mno-stack-bias"
4319 With \fB\-mstack-bias\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 assumes that the stack pointer, and
4320 frame pointer if present, are offset by \-2047 which must be added back
4321 when making stack frame references.
4322 Otherwise, assume no such offset is present.
4325 .IX Subsection "Convex Options"
4327 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for Convex:
4330 Generate output for C1. The code will run on any Convex machine.
4331 The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`_\|_convex_\|_c1_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined.
4334 Generate output for C2. Uses instructions not available on C1.
4335 Scheduling and other optimizations are chosen for max performance on C2.
4336 The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`_\|_convex_c2_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined.
4337 .Ip "\fB\-mc32\fR" 4
4339 Generate output for C32xx. Uses instructions not available on C1.
4340 Scheduling and other optimizations are chosen for max performance on C32.
4341 The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`_\|_convex_c32_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined.
4342 .Ip "\fB\-mc34\fR" 4
4344 Generate output for C34xx. Uses instructions not available on C1.
4345 Scheduling and other optimizations are chosen for max performance on C34.
4346 The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`_\|_convex_c34_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined.
4347 .Ip "\fB\-mc38\fR" 4
4349 Generate output for C38xx. Uses instructions not available on C1.
4350 Scheduling and other optimizations are chosen for max performance on C38.
4351 The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`_\|_convex_c38_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined.
4352 .Ip "\fB\-margcount\fR" 4
4353 .IX Item "-margcount"
4354 Generate code which puts an argument count in the word preceding each
4355 argument list. This is compatible with regular \s-1CC\s0, and a few programs
4356 may need the argument count word. \s-1GDB\s0 and other source-level debuggers
4357 do not need it; this info is in the symbol table.
4358 .Ip "\fB\-mnoargcount\fR" 4
4359 .IX Item "-mnoargcount"
4360 Omit the argument count word. This is the default.
4361 .Ip "\fB\-mvolatile-cache\fR" 4
4362 .IX Item "-mvolatile-cache"
4363 Allow volatile references to be cached. This is the default.
4364 .Ip "\fB\-mvolatile-nocache\fR" 4
4365 .IX Item "-mvolatile-nocache"
4366 Volatile references bypass the data cache, going all the way to memory.
4367 This is only needed for multi-processor code that does not use standard
4368 synchronization instructions. Making non-volatile references to volatile
4369 locations will not necessarily work.
4370 .Ip "\fB\-mlong32\fR" 4
4372 Type long is 32 bits, the same as type int. This is the default.
4373 .Ip "\fB\-mlong64\fR" 4
4375 Type long is 64 bits, the same as type long long. This option is useless,
4376 because no library support exists for it.
4378 .I "\s-1AMD29K\s0 Options"
4379 .IX Subsection "AMD29K Options"
4381 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1AMD\s0 Am29000:
4384 Generate code that assumes the \f(CW\*(C`DW\*(C'\fR bit is set, i.e., that byte and
4385 halfword operations are directly supported by the hardware. This is the
4387 .Ip "\fB\-mndw\fR" 4
4389 Generate code that assumes the \f(CW\*(C`DW\*(C'\fR bit is not set.
4392 Generate code that assumes the system supports byte and halfword write
4393 operations. This is the default.
4394 .Ip "\fB\-mnbw\fR" 4
4396 Generate code that assumes the systems does not support byte and
4397 halfword write operations. \fB\-mnbw\fR implies \fB\-mndw\fR.
4398 .Ip "\fB\-msmall\fR" 4
4400 Use a small memory model that assumes that all function addresses are
4401 either within a single 256 \s-1KB\s0 segment or at an absolute address of less
4402 than 256k. This allows the \f(CW\*(C`call\*(C'\fR instruction to be used instead
4403 of a \f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`consth\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`calli\*(C'\fR sequence.
4404 .Ip "\fB\-mnormal\fR" 4
4406 Use the normal memory model: Generate \f(CW\*(C`call\*(C'\fR instructions only when
4407 calling functions in the same file and \f(CW\*(C`calli\*(C'\fR instructions
4408 otherwise. This works if each file occupies less than 256 \s-1KB\s0 but allows
4409 the entire executable to be larger than 256 \s-1KB\s0. This is the default.
4410 .Ip "\fB\-mlarge\fR" 4
4412 Always use \f(CW\*(C`calli\*(C'\fR instructions. Specify this option if you expect
4413 a single file to compile into more than 256 \s-1KB\s0 of code.
4414 .Ip "\fB\-m29050\fR" 4
4416 Generate code for the Am29050.
4417 .Ip "\fB\-m29000\fR" 4
4419 Generate code for the Am29000. This is the default.
4420 .Ip "\fB\-mkernel-registers\fR" 4
4421 .IX Item "-mkernel-registers"
4422 Generate references to registers \f(CW\*(C`gr64\-gr95\*(C'\fR instead of to
4423 registers \f(CW\*(C`gr96\-gr127\*(C'\fR. This option can be used when compiling
4424 kernel code that wants a set of global registers disjoint from that used
4427 Note that when this option is used, register names in \fB\-f\fR flags
4428 must use the normal, user-mode, names.
4429 .Ip "\fB\-muser-registers\fR" 4
4430 .IX Item "-muser-registers"
4431 Use the normal set of global registers, \f(CW\*(C`gr96\-gr127\*(C'\fR. This is the
4433 .Ip "\fB\-mstack-check\fR" 4
4434 .IX Item "-mstack-check"
4436 .Ip "\fB\-mno-stack-check\fR" 4
4437 .IX Item "-mno-stack-check"
4439 Insert (or do not insert) a call to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_msp_check\*(C'\fR after each stack
4440 adjustment. This is often used for kernel code.
4441 .Ip "\fB\-mstorem-bug\fR" 4
4442 .IX Item "-mstorem-bug"
4444 .Ip "\fB\-mno-storem-bug\fR" 4
4445 .IX Item "-mno-storem-bug"
4447 \&\fB\-mstorem-bug\fR handles 29k processors which cannot handle the
4448 separation of a mtsrim insn and a storem instruction (most 29000 chips
4449 to date, but not the 29050).
4450 .Ip "\fB\-mno-reuse-arg-regs\fR" 4
4451 .IX Item "-mno-reuse-arg-regs"
4453 .Ip "\fB\-mreuse-arg-regs\fR" 4
4454 .IX Item "-mreuse-arg-regs"
4456 \&\fB\-mno-reuse-arg-regs\fR tells the compiler to only use incoming argument
4457 registers for copying out arguments. This helps detect calling a function
4458 with fewer arguments than it was declared with.
4459 .Ip "\fB\-mno-impure-text\fR" 4
4460 .IX Item "-mno-impure-text"
4462 .Ip "\fB\-mimpure-text\fR" 4
4463 .IX Item "-mimpure-text"
4465 \&\fB\-mimpure-text\fR, used in addition to \fB\-shared\fR, tells the compiler to
4466 not pass \fB\-assert pure-text\fR to the linker when linking a shared object.
4467 .Ip "\fB\-msoft-float\fR" 4
4468 .IX Item "-msoft-float"
4469 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
4470 \&\fBWarning:\fR the requisite libraries are not part of \s-1GCC\s0.
4471 Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
4472 this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your
4473 own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
4475 .Ip "\fB\-mno-multm\fR" 4
4476 .IX Item "-mno-multm"
4477 Do not generate multm or multmu instructions. This is useful for some embedded
4478 systems which do not have trap handlers for these instructions.
4480 .I "\s-1ARM\s0 Options"
4481 .IX Subsection "ARM Options"
4483 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for Advanced \s-1RISC\s0 Machines (\s-1ARM\s0)
4485 .Ip "\fB\-mapcs-frame\fR" 4
4486 .IX Item "-mapcs-frame"
4487 Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the \s-1ARM\s0 Procedure Call
4488 Standard for all functions, even if this is not strictly necessary for
4489 correct execution of the code. Specifying \fB\-fomit-frame-pointer\fR
4490 with this option will cause the stack frames not to be generated for
4491 leaf functions. The default is \fB\-mno-apcs-frame\fR.
4492 .Ip "\fB\-mapcs\fR" 4
4494 This is a synonym for \fB\-mapcs-frame\fR.
4495 .Ip "\fB\-mapcs-26\fR" 4
4496 .IX Item "-mapcs-26"
4497 Generate code for a processor running with a 26\-bit program counter,
4498 and conforming to the function calling standards for the \s-1APCS\s0 26\-bit
4499 option. This option replaces the \fB\-m2\fR and \fB\-m3\fR options
4500 of previous releases of the compiler.
4501 .Ip "\fB\-mapcs-32\fR" 4
4502 .IX Item "-mapcs-32"
4503 Generate code for a processor running with a 32\-bit program counter,
4504 and conforming to the function calling standards for the \s-1APCS\s0 32\-bit
4505 option. This option replaces the \fB\-m6\fR option of previous releases
4507 .Ip "\fB\-mapcs-stack-check\fR" 4
4508 .IX Item "-mapcs-stack-check"
4509 Generate code to check the amount of stack space available upon entry to
4510 every function (that actually uses some stack space). If there is
4511 insufficient space available then either the function
4512 \&\fB_\|_rt_stkovf_split_small\fR or \fB_\|_rt_stkovf_split_big\fR will be
4513 called, depending upon the amount of stack space required. The run time
4514 system is required to provide these functions. The default is
4515 \&\fB\-mno-apcs-stack-check\fR, since this produces smaller code.
4516 .Ip "\fB\-mapcs-float\fR" 4
4517 .IX Item "-mapcs-float"
4518 Pass floating point arguments using the float point registers. This is
4519 one of the variants of the \s-1APCS\s0. This option is recommended if the
4520 target hardware has a floating point unit or if a lot of floating point
4521 arithmetic is going to be performed by the code. The default is
4522 \&\fB\-mno-apcs-float\fR, since integer only code is slightly increased in
4523 size if \fB\-mapcs-float\fR is used.
4524 .Ip "\fB\-mapcs-reentrant\fR" 4
4525 .IX Item "-mapcs-reentrant"
4526 Generate reentrant, position independent code. This is the equivalent
4527 to specifying the \fB\-fpic\fR option. The default is
4528 \&\fB\-mno-apcs-reentrant\fR.
4529 .Ip "\fB\-mthumb-interwork\fR" 4
4530 .IX Item "-mthumb-interwork"
4531 Generate code which supports calling between the \s-1ARM\s0 and \s-1THUMB\s0
4532 instruction sets. Without this option the two instruction sets cannot
4533 be reliably used inside one program. The default is
4534 \&\fB\-mno-thumb-interwork\fR, since slightly larger code is generated
4535 when \fB\-mthumb-interwork\fR is specified.
4536 .Ip "\fB\-mno-sched-prolog\fR" 4
4537 .IX Item "-mno-sched-prolog"
4538 Prevent the reordering of instructions in the function prolog, or the
4539 merging of those instruction with the instructions in the function's
4540 body. This means that all functions will start with a recognizable set
4541 of instructions (or in fact one of a choice from a small set of
4542 different function prologues), and this information can be used to
4543 locate the start if functions inside an executable piece of code. The
4544 default is \fB\-msched-prolog\fR.
4545 .Ip "\fB\-mhard-float\fR" 4
4546 .IX Item "-mhard-float"
4547 Generate output containing floating point instructions. This is the
4549 .Ip "\fB\-msoft-float\fR" 4
4550 .IX Item "-msoft-float"
4551 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
4552 \&\fBWarning:\fR the requisite libraries are not available for all \s-1ARM\s0
4553 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
4554 used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
4555 your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
4558 \&\fB\-msoft-float\fR changes the calling convention in the output file;
4559 therefore, it is only useful if you compile \fIall\fR of a program with
4560 this option. In particular, you need to compile \fIlibgcc.a\fR, the
4561 library that comes with \s-1GCC\s0, with \fB\-msoft-float\fR in order for
4563 .Ip "\fB\-mlittle-endian\fR" 4
4564 .IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
4565 Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. This is
4566 the default for all standard configurations.
4567 .Ip "\fB\-mbig-endian\fR" 4
4568 .IX Item "-mbig-endian"
4569 Generate code for a processor running in big-endian mode; the default is
4570 to compile code for a little-endian processor.
4571 .Ip "\fB\-mwords-little-endian\fR" 4
4572 .IX Item "-mwords-little-endian"
4573 This option only applies when generating code for big-endian processors.
4574 Generate code for a little-endian word order but a big-endian byte
4575 order. That is, a byte order of the form \fB32107654\fR. Note: this
4576 option should only be used if you require compatibility with code for
4577 big-endian \s-1ARM\s0 processors generated by versions of the compiler prior to
4579 .Ip "\fB\-malignment-traps\fR" 4
4580 .IX Item "-malignment-traps"
4581 Generate code that will not trap if the \s-1MMU\s0 has alignment traps enabled.
4582 On \s-1ARM\s0 architectures prior to ARMv4, there were no instructions to
4583 access half-word objects stored in memory. However, when reading from
4584 memory a feature of the \s-1ARM\s0 architecture allows a word load to be used,
4585 even if the address is unaligned, and the processor core will rotate the
4586 data as it is being loaded. This option tells the compiler that such
4587 misaligned accesses will cause a \s-1MMU\s0 trap and that it should instead
4588 synthesise the access as a series of byte accesses. The compiler can
4589 still use word accesses to load half-word data if it knows that the
4590 address is aligned to a word boundary.
4592 This option is ignored when compiling for \s-1ARM\s0 architecture 4 or later,
4593 since these processors have instructions to directly access half-word
4595 .Ip "\fB\-mno-alignment-traps\fR" 4
4596 .IX Item "-mno-alignment-traps"
4597 Generate code that assumes that the \s-1MMU\s0 will not trap unaligned
4598 accesses. This produces better code when the target instruction set
4599 does not have half-word memory operations (implementations prior to
4602 Note that you cannot use this option to access unaligned word objects,
4603 since the processor will only fetch one 32\-bit aligned object from
4606 The default setting for most targets is \-mno-alignment-traps, since
4607 this produces better code when there are no half-word memory
4608 instructions available.
4609 .Ip "\fB\-mshort-load-bytes\fR" 4
4610 .IX Item "-mshort-load-bytes"
4611 This is a deprecated alias for \fB\-malignment-traps\fR.
4612 .Ip "\fB\-mno-short-load-bytes\fR" 4
4613 .IX Item "-mno-short-load-bytes"
4614 This is a deprecated alias for \fB\-mno-alignment-traps\fR.
4615 .Ip "\fB\-mshort-load-words\fR" 4
4616 .IX Item "-mshort-load-words"
4617 This is a deprecated alias for \fB\-mno-alignment-traps\fR.
4618 .Ip "\fB\-mno-short-load-words\fR" 4
4619 .IX Item "-mno-short-load-words"
4620 This is a deprecated alias for \fB\-malignment-traps\fR.
4621 .Ip "\fB\-mbsd\fR" 4
4623 This option only applies to \s-1RISC\s0 iX. Emulate the native BSD-mode
4624 compiler. This is the default if \fB\-ansi\fR is not specified.
4625 .Ip "\fB\-mxopen\fR" 4
4627 This option only applies to \s-1RISC\s0 iX. Emulate the native X/Open-mode
4629 .Ip "\fB\-mno-symrename\fR" 4
4630 .IX Item "-mno-symrename"
4631 This option only applies to \s-1RISC\s0 iX. Do not run the assembler
4632 post-processor, \fBsymrename\fR, after code has been assembled.
4633 Normally it is necessary to modify some of the standard symbols in
4634 preparation for linking with the \s-1RISC\s0 iX C library; this option
4635 suppresses this pass. The post-processor is never run when the
4636 compiler is built for cross-compilation.
4637 .Ip "\fB\-mcpu=<name>\fR" 4
4638 .IX Item "-mcpu=<name>"
4639 This specifies the name of the target \s-1ARM\s0 processor. \s-1GCC\s0 uses this name
4640 to determine what kind of instructions it can use when generating
4641 assembly code. Permissible names are: arm2, arm250, arm3, arm6, arm60,
4642 arm600, arm610, arm620, arm7, arm7m, arm7d, arm7dm, arm7di, arm7dmi,
4643 arm70, arm700, arm700i, arm710, arm710c, arm7100, arm7500, arm7500fe,
4644 arm7tdmi, arm8, strongarm, strongarm110, strongarm1100, arm8, arm810,
4645 arm9, arm920, arm920t, arm9tdmi.
4646 .Ip "\fB\-mtune=<name>\fR" 4
4647 .IX Item "-mtune=<name>"
4648 This option is very similar to the \fB\-mcpu=\fR option, except that
4649 instead of specifying the actual target processor type, and hence
4650 restricting which instructions can be used, it specifies that \s-1GCC\s0 should
4651 tune the performance of the code as if the target were of the type
4652 specified in this option, but still choosing the instructions that it
4653 will generate based on the cpu specified by a \fB\-mcpu=\fR option.
4654 For some arm implementations better performance can be obtained by using
4656 .Ip "\fB\-march=<name>\fR" 4
4657 .IX Item "-march=<name>"
4658 This specifies the name of the target \s-1ARM\s0 architecture. \s-1GCC\s0 uses this
4659 name to determine what kind of instructions it can use when generating
4660 assembly code. This option can be used in conjunction with or instead
4661 of the \fB\-mcpu=\fR option. Permissible names are: armv2, armv2a,
4662 armv3, armv3m, armv4, armv4t, armv5.
4663 .Ip "\fB\-mfpe=<number>\fR" 4
4664 .IX Item "-mfpe=<number>"
4666 .Ip "\fB\-mfp=<number>\fR" 4
4667 .IX Item "-mfp=<number>"
4669 This specifies the version of the floating point emulation available on
4670 the target. Permissible values are 2 and 3. \fB\-mfp=\fR is a synonym
4671 for \fB\-mfpe=\fR to support older versions of \s-1GCC\s0.
4672 .Ip "\fB\-mstructure-size-boundary=<n>\fR" 4
4673 .IX Item "-mstructure-size-boundary=<n>"
4674 The size of all structures and unions will be rounded up to a multiple
4675 of the number of bits set by this option. Permissible values are 8 and
4676 32. The default value varies for different toolchains. For the \s-1COFF\s0
4677 targeted toolchain the default value is 8. Specifying the larger number
4678 can produce faster, more efficient code, but can also increase the size
4679 of the program. The two values are potentially incompatible. Code
4680 compiled with one value cannot necessarily expect to work with code or
4681 libraries compiled with the other value, if they exchange information
4682 using structures or unions. Programmers are encouraged to use the 32
4683 value as future versions of the toolchain may default to this value.
4684 .Ip "\fB\-mabort-on-noreturn\fR" 4
4685 .IX Item "-mabort-on-noreturn"
4686 Generate a call to the function abort at the end of a noreturn function.
4687 It will be executed if the function tries to return.
4688 .Ip "\fB\-mlong-calls\fR" 4
4689 .IX Item "-mlong-calls"
4691 .Ip "\fB\-mno-long-calls\fR" 4
4692 .IX Item "-mno-long-calls"
4694 Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the
4695 address of the function into a register and then performing a subroutine
4696 call on this register. This switch is needed if the target function
4697 will lie outside of the 64 megabyte addressing range of the offset based
4698 version of subroutine call instruction.
4700 Even if this switch is enabled, not all function calls will be turned
4701 into long calls. The heuristic is that static functions, functions
4702 which have the \fBshort-call\fR attribute, functions that are inside
4703 the scope of a \fB#pragma no_long_calls\fR directive and functions whose
4704 definitions have already been compiled within the current compilation
4705 unit, will not be turned into long calls. The exception to this rule is
4706 that weak function definitions, functions with the \fBlong-call\fR
4707 attribute or the \fBsection\fR attribute, and functions that are within
4708 the scope of a \fB#pragma long_calls\fR directive, will always be
4709 turned into long calls.
4711 This feature is not enabled by default. Specifying
4712 \&\fB\*(--no-long-calls\fR will restore the default behaviour, as will
4713 placing the function calls within the scope of a \fB#pragma
4714 long_calls_off\fR directive. Note these switches have no effect on how
4715 the compiler generates code to handle function calls via function
4717 .Ip "\fB\-mnop-fun-dllimport\fR" 4
4718 .IX Item "-mnop-fun-dllimport"
4719 Disable the support for the \fIdllimport\fR attribute.
4720 .Ip "\fB\-msingle-pic-base\fR" 4
4721 .IX Item "-msingle-pic-base"
4722 Treat the register used for \s-1PIC\s0 addressing as read-only, rather than
4723 loading it in the prologue for each function. The run-time system is
4724 responsible for initialising this register with an appropriate value
4725 before execution begins.
4726 .Ip "\fB\-mpic-register=<reg>\fR" 4
4727 .IX Item "-mpic-register=<reg>"
4728 Specify the register to be used for \s-1PIC\s0 addressing. The default is R10
4729 unless stack-checking is enabled, when R9 is used.
4732 .IX Subsection "Thumb Options"
4733 .Ip "\fB\-mthumb-interwork\fR" 4
4734 .IX Item "-mthumb-interwork"
4735 Generate code which supports calling between the \s-1THUMB\s0 and \s-1ARM\s0
4736 instruction sets. Without this option the two instruction sets cannot
4737 be reliably used inside one program. The default is
4738 \&\fB\-mno-thumb-interwork\fR, since slightly smaller code is generated
4740 .Ip "\fB\-mtpcs-frame\fR" 4
4741 .IX Item "-mtpcs-frame"
4742 Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call
4743 Standard for all non-leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does
4744 not call any other functions). The default is \fB\-mno-apcs-frame\fR.
4745 .Ip "\fB\-mtpcs-leaf-frame\fR" 4
4746 .IX Item "-mtpcs-leaf-frame"
4747 Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call
4748 Standard for all leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does
4749 not call any other functions). The default is \fB\-mno-apcs-leaf-frame\fR.
4750 .Ip "\fB\-mlittle-endian\fR" 4
4751 .IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
4752 Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. This is
4753 the default for all standard configurations.
4754 .Ip "\fB\-mbig-endian\fR" 4
4755 .IX Item "-mbig-endian"
4756 Generate code for a processor running in big-endian mode.
4757 .Ip "\fB\-mstructure-size-boundary=<n>\fR" 4
4758 .IX Item "-mstructure-size-boundary=<n>"
4759 The size of all structures and unions will be rounded up to a multiple
4760 of the number of bits set by this option. Permissible values are 8 and
4761 32. The default value varies for different toolchains. For the \s-1COFF\s0
4762 targeted toolchain the default value is 8. Specifying the larger number
4763 can produced faster, more efficient code, but can also increase the size
4764 of the program. The two values are potentially incompatible. Code
4765 compiled with one value cannot necessarily expect to work with code or
4766 libraries compiled with the other value, if they exchange information
4767 using structures or unions. Programmers are encouraged to use the 32
4768 value as future versions of the toolchain may default to this value.
4769 .Ip "\fB\-mnop-fun-dllimport\fR" 4
4770 .IX Item "-mnop-fun-dllimport"
4771 Disable the support for the \fIdllimport\fR attribute.
4772 .Ip "\fB\-mcallee-super-interworking\fR" 4
4773 .IX Item "-mcallee-super-interworking"
4774 Gives all externally visible functions in the file being compiled an \s-1ARM\s0
4775 instruction set header which switches to Thumb mode before executing the
4776 rest of the function. This allows these functions to be called from
4777 non-interworking code.
4778 .Ip "\fB\-mcaller-super-interworking\fR" 4
4779 .IX Item "-mcaller-super-interworking"
4780 Allows calls via function pointers (including virtual functions) to
4781 execute correctly regardless of whether the target code has been
4782 compiled for interworking or not. There is a small overhead in the cost
4783 of executing a function pointer if this option is enabled.
4784 .Ip "\fB\-msingle-pic-base\fR" 4
4785 .IX Item "-msingle-pic-base"
4786 Treat the register used for \s-1PIC\s0 addressing as read-only, rather than
4787 loading it in the prologue for each function. The run-time system is
4788 responsible for initialising this register with an appropriate value
4789 before execution begins.
4790 .Ip "\fB\-mpic-register=<reg>\fR" 4
4791 .IX Item "-mpic-register=<reg>"
4792 Specify the register to be used for \s-1PIC\s0 addressing. The default is R10.
4794 .I "\s-1MN10200\s0 Options"
4795 .IX Subsection "MN10200 Options"
4797 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for Matsushita \s-1MN10200\s0 architectures:
4798 .Ip "\fB\-mrelax\fR" 4
4800 Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relaxation optimization pass
4801 to shorten branches, calls and absolute memory addresses. This option only
4802 has an effect when used on the command line for the final link step.
4804 This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.
4806 .I "\s-1MN10300\s0 Options"
4807 .IX Subsection "MN10300 Options"
4809 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for Matsushita \s-1MN10300\s0 architectures:
4810 .Ip "\fB\-mmult-bug\fR" 4
4811 .IX Item "-mmult-bug"
4812 Generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the \s-1MN10300\s0
4813 processors. This is the default.
4814 .Ip "\fB\-mno-mult-bug\fR" 4
4815 .IX Item "-mno-mult-bug"
4816 Do not generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the
4817 \&\s-1MN10300\s0 processors.
4818 .Ip "\fB\-mam33\fR" 4
4820 Generate code which uses features specific to the \s-1AM33\s0 processor.
4821 .Ip "\fB\-mno-am33\fR" 4
4822 .IX Item "-mno-am33"
4823 Do not generate code which uses features specific to the \s-1AM33\s0 processor. This
4825 .Ip "\fB\-mrelax\fR" 4
4827 Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relaxation optimization pass
4828 to shorten branches, calls and absolute memory addresses. This option only
4829 has an effect when used on the command line for the final link step.
4831 This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.
4834 .IX Subsection "M32R/D Options"
4836 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for Mitsubishi M32R/D architectures:
4837 .Ip "\fB\-mcode-model=small\fR" 4
4838 .IX Item "-mcode-model=small"
4839 Assume all objects live in the lower 16MB of memory (so that their addresses
4840 can be loaded with the \f(CW\*(C`ld24\*(C'\fR instruction), and assume all subroutines
4841 are reachable with the \f(CW\*(C`bl\*(C'\fR instruction.
4842 This is the default.
4844 The addressability of a particular object can be set with the
4845 \&\f(CW\*(C`model\*(C'\fR attribute.
4846 .Ip "\fB\-mcode-model=medium\fR" 4
4847 .IX Item "-mcode-model=medium"
4848 Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32 bit address space (the compiler
4849 will generate \f(CW\*(C`seth/add3\*(C'\fR instructions to load their addresses), and
4850 assume all subroutines are reachable with the \f(CW\*(C`bl\*(C'\fR instruction.
4851 .Ip "\fB\-mcode-model=large\fR" 4
4852 .IX Item "-mcode-model=large"
4853 Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32 bit address space (the compiler
4854 will generate \f(CW\*(C`seth/add3\*(C'\fR instructions to load their addresses), and
4855 assume subroutines may not be reachable with the \f(CW\*(C`bl\*(C'\fR instruction
4856 (the compiler will generate the much slower \f(CW\*(C`seth/add3/jl\*(C'\fR
4857 instruction sequence).
4858 .Ip "\fB\-msdata=none\fR" 4
4859 .IX Item "-msdata=none"
4860 Disable use of the small data area. Variables will be put into
4861 one of \fB.data\fR, \fBbss\fR, or \fB.rodata\fR (unless the
4862 \&\f(CW\*(C`section\*(C'\fR attribute has been specified).
4863 This is the default.
4865 The small data area consists of sections \fB.sdata\fR and \fB.sbss\fR.
4866 Objects may be explicitly put in the small data area with the
4867 \&\f(CW\*(C`section\*(C'\fR attribute using one of these sections.
4868 .Ip "\fB\-msdata=sdata\fR" 4
4869 .IX Item "-msdata=sdata"
4870 Put small global and static data in the small data area, but do not
4871 generate special code to reference them.
4872 .Ip "\fB\-msdata=use\fR" 4
4873 .IX Item "-msdata=use"
4874 Put small global and static data in the small data area, and generate
4875 special instructions to reference them.
4876 .Ip "\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR" 4
4878 Put global and static objects less than or equal to \fInum\fR bytes
4879 into the small data or bss sections instead of the normal data or bss
4880 sections. The default value of \fInum\fR is 8.
4881 The \fB\-msdata\fR option must be set to one of \fBsdata\fR or \fBuse\fR
4882 for this option to have any effect.
4884 All modules should be compiled with the same \fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR value.
4885 Compiling with different values of \fInum\fR may or may not work; if it
4886 doesn't the linker will give an error message \- incorrect code will not be
4890 .IX Subsection "M88K Options"
4892 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for Motorola 88k architectures:
4893 .Ip "\fB\-m88000\fR" 4
4895 Generate code that works well on both the m88100 and the
4897 .Ip "\fB\-m88100\fR" 4
4899 Generate code that works best for the m88100, but that also
4901 .Ip "\fB\-m88110\fR" 4
4903 Generate code that works best for the m88110, and may not run
4905 .Ip "\fB\-mbig-pic\fR" 4
4906 .IX Item "-mbig-pic"
4907 Obsolete option to be removed from the next revision.
4909 .Ip "\fB\-midentify-revision\fR" 4
4910 .IX Item "-midentify-revision"
4911 Include an \f(CW\*(C`ident\*(C'\fR directive in the assembler output recording the
4912 source file name, compiler name and version, timestamp, and compilation
4914 .Ip "\fB\-mno-underscores\fR" 4
4915 .IX Item "-mno-underscores"
4916 In assembler output, emit symbol names without adding an underscore
4917 character at the beginning of each name. The default is to use an
4918 underscore as prefix on each name.
4919 .Ip "\fB\-mocs-debug-info\fR" 4
4920 .IX Item "-mocs-debug-info"
4922 .Ip "\fB\-mno-ocs-debug-info\fR" 4
4923 .IX Item "-mno-ocs-debug-info"
4925 Include (or omit) additional debugging information (about registers used
4926 in each stack frame) as specified in the 88open Object Compatibility
4927 Standard, ``\s-1OCS\s0''. This extra information allows debugging of code that
4928 has had the frame pointer eliminated. The default for \s-1DG/UX\s0, SVr4, and
4929 Delta 88 SVr3.2 is to include this information; other 88k configurations
4930 omit this information by default.
4931 .Ip "\fB\-mocs-frame-position\fR" 4
4932 .IX Item "-mocs-frame-position"
4933 When emitting \s-1COFF\s0 debugging information for automatic variables and
4934 parameters stored on the stack, use the offset from the canonical frame
4935 address, which is the stack pointer (register 31) on entry to the
4936 function. The \s-1DG/UX\s0, SVr4, Delta88 SVr3.2, and \s-1BCS\s0 configurations use
4937 \&\fB\-mocs-frame-position\fR; other 88k configurations have the default
4938 \&\fB\-mno-ocs-frame-position\fR.
4939 .Ip "\fB\-mno-ocs-frame-position\fR" 4
4940 .IX Item "-mno-ocs-frame-position"
4941 When emitting \s-1COFF\s0 debugging information for automatic variables and
4942 parameters stored on the stack, use the offset from the frame pointer
4943 register (register 30). When this option is in effect, the frame
4944 pointer is not eliminated when debugging information is selected by the
4946 .Ip "\fB\-moptimize-arg-area\fR" 4
4947 .IX Item "-moptimize-arg-area"
4949 .Ip "\fB\-mno-optimize-arg-area\fR" 4
4950 .IX Item "-mno-optimize-arg-area"
4952 Control how function arguments are stored in stack frames.
4953 \&\fB\-moptimize-arg-area\fR saves space by optimizing them, but this
4954 conflicts with the 88open specifications. The opposite alternative,
4955 \&\fB\-mno-optimize-arg-area\fR, agrees with 88open standards. By default
4956 \&\s-1GCC\s0 does not optimize the argument area.
4957 .Ip "\fB\-mshort-data-\fR\fInum\fR" 4
4958 .IX Item "-mshort-data-num"
4959 Generate smaller data references by making them relative to \f(CW\*(C`r0\*(C'\fR,
4960 which allows loading a value using a single instruction (rather than the
4961 usual two). You control which data references are affected by
4962 specifying \fInum\fR with this option. For example, if you specify
4963 \&\fB\-mshort-data-512\fR, then the data references affected are those
4964 involving displacements of less than 512 bytes.
4965 \&\fB\-mshort-data-\fR\fInum\fR is not effective for \fInum\fR greater
4967 .Ip "\fB\-mserialize-volatile\fR" 4
4968 .IX Item "-mserialize-volatile"
4970 .Ip "\fB\-mno-serialize-volatile\fR" 4
4971 .IX Item "-mno-serialize-volatile"
4973 Do, or don't, generate code to guarantee sequential consistency
4974 of volatile memory references. By default, consistency is
4977 The order of memory references made by the \s-1MC88110\s0 processor does
4978 not always match the order of the instructions requesting those
4979 references. In particular, a load instruction may execute before
4980 a preceding store instruction. Such reordering violates
4981 sequential consistency of volatile memory references, when there
4982 are multiple processors. When consistency must be guaranteed,
4983 \&\s-1GNU\s0 C generates special instructions, as needed, to force
4984 execution in the proper order.
4986 The \s-1MC88100\s0 processor does not reorder memory references and so
4987 always provides sequential consistency. However, by default, \s-1GNU\s0
4988 C generates the special instructions to guarantee consistency
4989 even when you use \fB\-m88100\fR, so that the code may be run on an
4990 \&\s-1MC88110\s0 processor. If you intend to run your code only on the
4991 \&\s-1MC88100\s0 processor, you may use \fB\-mno-serialize-volatile\fR.
4993 The extra code generated to guarantee consistency may affect the
4994 performance of your application. If you know that you can safely
4995 forgo this guarantee, you may use \fB\-mno-serialize-volatile\fR.
4996 .Ip "\fB\-msvr4\fR" 4
4999 .Ip "\fB\-msvr3\fR" 4
5002 Turn on (\fB\-msvr4\fR) or off (\fB\-msvr3\fR) compiler extensions
5003 related to System V release 4 (SVr4). This controls the following:
5006 Which variant of the assembler syntax to emit.
5008 \&\fB\-msvr4\fR makes the C preprocessor recognize \fB#pragma weak\fR
5009 that is used on System V release 4.
5011 \&\fB\-msvr4\fR makes \s-1GCC\s0 issue additional declaration directives used in
5016 \&\fB\-msvr4\fR is the default for the m88k-motorola-sysv4 and
5017 m88k-dg-dgux m88k configurations. \fB\-msvr3\fR is the default for all
5018 other m88k configurations.
5020 .Ip "\fB\-mversion-03.00\fR" 4
5021 .IX Item "-mversion-03.00"
5022 This option is obsolete, and is ignored.
5023 .Ip "\fB\-mno-check-zero-division\fR" 4
5024 .IX Item "-mno-check-zero-division"
5026 .Ip "\fB\-mcheck-zero-division\fR" 4
5027 .IX Item "-mcheck-zero-division"
5029 Do, or don't, generate code to guarantee that integer division by
5030 zero will be detected. By default, detection is guaranteed.
5032 Some models of the \s-1MC88100\s0 processor fail to trap upon integer
5033 division by zero under certain conditions. By default, when
5034 compiling code that might be run on such a processor, \s-1GNU\s0 C
5035 generates code that explicitly checks for zero-valued divisors
5036 and traps with exception number 503 when one is detected. Use of
5037 mno-check-zero-division suppresses such checking for code
5038 generated to run on an \s-1MC88100\s0 processor.
5040 \&\s-1GNU\s0 C assumes that the \s-1MC88110\s0 processor correctly detects all
5041 instances of integer division by zero. When \fB\-m88110\fR is
5042 specified, both \fB\-mcheck-zero-division\fR and
5043 \&\fB\-mno-check-zero-division\fR are ignored, and no explicit checks for
5044 zero-valued divisors are generated.
5045 .Ip "\fB\-muse-div-instruction\fR" 4
5046 .IX Item "-muse-div-instruction"
5047 Use the div instruction for signed integer division on the
5048 \&\s-1MC88100\s0 processor. By default, the div instruction is not used.
5050 On the \s-1MC88100\s0 processor the signed integer division instruction
5051 div) traps to the operating system on a negative operand. The
5052 operating system transparently completes the operation, but at a
5053 large cost in execution time. By default, when compiling code
5054 that might be run on an \s-1MC88100\s0 processor, \s-1GNU\s0 C emulates signed
5055 integer division using the unsigned integer division instruction
5056 divu), thereby avoiding the large penalty of a trap to the
5057 operating system. Such emulation has its own, smaller, execution
5058 cost in both time and space. To the extent that your code's
5059 important signed integer division operations are performed on two
5060 nonnegative operands, it may be desirable to use the div
5061 instruction directly.
5063 On the \s-1MC88110\s0 processor the div instruction (also known as the
5064 divs instruction) processes negative operands without trapping to
5065 the operating system. When \fB\-m88110\fR is specified,
5066 \&\fB\-muse-div-instruction\fR is ignored, and the div instruction is used
5067 for signed integer division.
5069 Note that the result of dividing \s-1INT_MIN\s0 by \-1 is undefined. In
5070 particular, the behavior of such a division with and without
5071 \&\fB\-muse-div-instruction\fR may differ.
5072 .Ip "\fB\-mtrap-large-shift\fR" 4
5073 .IX Item "-mtrap-large-shift"
5075 .Ip "\fB\-mhandle-large-shift\fR" 4
5076 .IX Item "-mhandle-large-shift"
5078 Include code to detect bit-shifts of more than 31 bits; respectively,
5079 trap such shifts or emit code to handle them properly. By default \s-1GCC\s0
5080 makes no special provision for large bit shifts.
5081 .Ip "\fB\-mwarn-passed-structs\fR" 4
5082 .IX Item "-mwarn-passed-structs"
5083 Warn when a function passes a struct as an argument or result.
5084 Structure-passing conventions have changed during the evolution of the C
5085 language, and are often the source of portability problems. By default,
5086 \&\s-1GCC\s0 issues no such warning.
5088 .I "\s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC Options"
5089 .IX Subsection "IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC Options"
5091 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC:
5092 .Ip "\fB\-mpower\fR" 4
5095 .Ip "\fB\-mno-power\fR" 4
5096 .IX Item "-mno-power"
5097 .Ip "\fB\-mpower2\fR" 4
5099 .Ip "\fB\-mno-power2\fR" 4
5100 .IX Item "-mno-power2"
5101 .Ip "\fB\-mpowerpc\fR" 4
5102 .IX Item "-mpowerpc"
5103 .Ip "\fB\-mno-powerpc\fR" 4
5104 .IX Item "-mno-powerpc"
5105 .Ip "\fB\-mpowerpc-gpopt\fR" 4
5106 .IX Item "-mpowerpc-gpopt"
5107 .Ip "\fB\-mno-powerpc-gpopt\fR" 4
5108 .IX Item "-mno-powerpc-gpopt"
5109 .Ip "\fB\-mpowerpc-gfxopt\fR" 4
5110 .IX Item "-mpowerpc-gfxopt"
5111 .Ip "\fB\-mno-powerpc-gfxopt\fR" 4
5112 .IX Item "-mno-powerpc-gfxopt"
5113 .Ip "\fB\-mpowerpc64\fR" 4
5114 .IX Item "-mpowerpc64"
5115 .Ip "\fB\-mno-powerpc64\fR" 4
5116 .IX Item "-mno-powerpc64"
5118 \&\s-1GCC\s0 supports two related instruction set architectures for the
5119 \&\s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC. The \fI\s-1POWER\s0\fR instruction set are those
5120 instructions supported by the \fBrios\fR chip set used in the original
5121 \&\s-1RS/6000\s0 systems and the \fIPowerPC\fR instruction set is the
5122 architecture of the Motorola MPC5xx, MPC6xx, MPC8xx microprocessors, and
5123 the \s-1IBM\s0 4xx microprocessors.
5125 Neither architecture is a subset of the other. However there is a
5126 large common subset of instructions supported by both. An \s-1MQ\s0
5127 register is included in processors supporting the \s-1POWER\s0 architecture.
5129 You use these options to specify which instructions are available on the
5130 processor you are using. The default value of these options is
5131 determined when configuring \s-1GCC\s0. Specifying the
5132 \&\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR overrides the specification of these
5133 options. We recommend you use the \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR option
5134 rather than the options listed above.
5136 The \fB\-mpower\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate instructions that
5137 are found only in the \s-1POWER\s0 architecture and to use the \s-1MQ\s0 register.
5138 Specifying \fB\-mpower2\fR implies \fB\-power\fR and also allows \s-1GCC\s0
5139 to generate instructions that are present in the \s-1POWER2\s0 architecture but
5140 not the original \s-1POWER\s0 architecture.
5142 The \fB\-mpowerpc\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate instructions that
5143 are found only in the 32\-bit subset of the PowerPC architecture.
5144 Specifying \fB\-mpowerpc-gpopt\fR implies \fB\-mpowerpc\fR and also allows
5145 \&\s-1GCC\s0 to use the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the
5146 General Purpose group, including floating-point square root. Specifying
5147 \&\fB\-mpowerpc-gfxopt\fR implies \fB\-mpowerpc\fR and also allows \s-1GCC\s0 to
5148 use the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the Graphics
5149 group, including floating-point select.
5151 The \fB\-mpowerpc64\fR option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the additional
5152 64\-bit instructions that are found in the full PowerPC64 architecture
5153 and to treat GPRs as 64\-bit, doubleword quantities. \s-1GCC\s0 defaults to
5154 \&\fB\-mno-powerpc64\fR.
5156 If you specify both \fB\-mno-power\fR and \fB\-mno-powerpc\fR, \s-1GCC\s0
5157 will use only the instructions in the common subset of both
5158 architectures plus some special \s-1AIX\s0 common-mode calls, and will not use
5159 the \s-1MQ\s0 register. Specifying both \fB\-mpower\fR and \fB\-mpowerpc\fR
5160 permits \s-1GCC\s0 to use any instruction from either architecture and to
5161 allow use of the \s-1MQ\s0 register; specify this for the Motorola \s-1MPC601\s0.
5162 .Ip "\fB\-mnew-mnemonics\fR" 4
5163 .IX Item "-mnew-mnemonics"
5165 .Ip "\fB\-mold-mnemonics\fR" 4
5166 .IX Item "-mold-mnemonics"
5168 Select which mnemonics to use in the generated assembler code.
5169 \&\fB\-mnew-mnemonics\fR requests output that uses the assembler mnemonics
5170 defined for the PowerPC architecture, while \fB\-mold-mnemonics\fR
5171 requests the assembler mnemonics defined for the \s-1POWER\s0 architecture.
5172 Instructions defined in only one architecture have only one mnemonic;
5173 \&\s-1GCC\s0 uses that mnemonic irrespective of which of these options is
5176 \&\s-1GCC\s0 defaults to the mnemonics appropriate for the architecture in
5177 use. Specifying \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR sometimes overrides the
5178 value of these option. Unless you are building a cross-compiler, you
5179 should normally not specify either \fB\-mnew-mnemonics\fR or
5180 \&\fB\-mold-mnemonics\fR, but should instead accept the default.
5181 .Ip "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
5182 .IX Item "-mcpu=cpu_type"
5183 Set architecture type, register usage, choice of mnemonics, and
5184 instruction scheduling parameters for machine type \fIcpu_type\fR.
5185 Supported values for \fIcpu_type\fR are \fBrios\fR, \fBrios1\fR,
5186 \&\fBrsc\fR, \fBrios2\fR, \fBrs64a\fR, \fB601\fR, \fB602\fR,
5187 \&\fB603\fR, \fB603e\fR, \fB604\fR, \fB604e\fR, \fB620\fR,
5188 \&\fB630\fR, \fB740\fR, \fB750\fR, \fBpower\fR, \fBpower2\fR,
5189 \&\fBpowerpc\fR, \fB403\fR, \fB505\fR, \fB801\fR, \fB821\fR,
5190 \&\fB823\fR, and \fB860\fR and \fBcommon\fR. \fB\-mcpu=power\fR,
5191 \&\fB\-mcpu=power2\fR, \fB\-mcpu=powerpc\fR, and \fB\-mcpu=powerpc64\fR
5192 specify generic \s-1POWER\s0, \s-1POWER2\s0, pure 32\-bit PowerPC (i.e., not \s-1MPC601\s0),
5193 and 64\-bit PowerPC architecture machine types, with an appropriate,
5194 generic processor model assumed for scheduling purposes.
5196 Specifying any of the following options:
5197 \&\fB\-mcpu=rios1\fR, \fB\-mcpu=rios2\fR, \fB\-mcpu=rsc\fR,
5198 \&\fB\-mcpu=power\fR, or \fB\-mcpu=power2\fR
5199 enables the \fB\-mpower\fR option and disables the \fB\-mpowerpc\fR option;
5200 \&\fB\-mcpu=601\fR enables both the \fB\-mpower\fR and \fB\-mpowerpc\fR options.
5201 All of \fB\-mcpu=rs64a\fR, \fB\-mcpu=602\fR, \fB\-mcpu=603\fR,
5202 \&\fB\-mcpu=603e\fR, \fB\-mcpu=604\fR, \fB\-mcpu=620\fR, \fB\-mcpu=630\fR,
5203 \&\fB\-mcpu=740\fR, and \fB\-mcpu=750\fR
5204 enable the \fB\-mpowerpc\fR option and disable the \fB\-mpower\fR option.
5205 Exactly similarly, all of \fB\-mcpu=403\fR,
5206 \&\fB\-mcpu=505\fR, \fB\-mcpu=821\fR, \fB\-mcpu=860\fR and \fB\-mcpu=powerpc\fR
5207 enable the \fB\-mpowerpc\fR option and disable the \fB\-mpower\fR option.
5208 \&\fB\-mcpu=common\fR disables both the
5209 \&\fB\-mpower\fR and \fB\-mpowerpc\fR options.
5211 \&\s-1AIX\s0 versions 4 or greater selects \fB\-mcpu=common\fR by default, so
5212 that code will operate on all members of the \s-1RS/6000\s0 \s-1POWER\s0 and PowerPC
5213 families. In that case, \s-1GCC\s0 will use only the instructions in the
5214 common subset of both architectures plus some special \s-1AIX\s0 common-mode
5215 calls, and will not use the \s-1MQ\s0 register. \s-1GCC\s0 assumes a generic
5216 processor model for scheduling purposes.
5218 Specifying any of the options \fB\-mcpu=rios1\fR, \fB\-mcpu=rios2\fR,
5219 \&\fB\-mcpu=rsc\fR, \fB\-mcpu=power\fR, or \fB\-mcpu=power2\fR also
5220 disables the \fBnew-mnemonics\fR option. Specifying \fB\-mcpu=601\fR,
5221 \&\fB\-mcpu=602\fR, \fB\-mcpu=603\fR, \fB\-mcpu=603e\fR, \fB\-mcpu=604\fR,
5222 \&\fB\-mcpu=620\fR, \fB\-mcpu=630\fR, \fB\-mcpu=403\fR, \fB\-mcpu=505\fR,
5223 \&\fB\-mcpu=821\fR, \fB\-mcpu=860\fR or \fB\-mcpu=powerpc\fR also enables
5224 the \fBnew-mnemonics\fR option.
5226 Specifying \fB\-mcpu=403\fR, \fB\-mcpu=821\fR, or \fB\-mcpu=860\fR also
5227 enables the \fB\-msoft-float\fR option.
5228 .Ip "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
5229 .IX Item "-mtune=cpu_type"
5230 Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
5231 \&\fIcpu_type\fR, but do not set the architecture type, register usage,
5232 choice of mnemonics like \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR would. The same
5233 values for \fIcpu_type\fR are used for \fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR as
5234 for \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR. The \fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR
5235 option overrides the \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR option in terms of
5236 instruction scheduling parameters.
5237 .Ip "\fB\-mfull-toc\fR" 4
5238 .IX Item "-mfull-toc"
5240 .Ip "\fB\-mno-fp-in-toc\fR" 4
5241 .IX Item "-mno-fp-in-toc"
5242 .Ip "\fB\-mno-sum-in-toc\fR" 4
5243 .IX Item "-mno-sum-in-toc"
5244 .Ip "\fB\-mminimal-toc\fR" 4
5245 .IX Item "-mminimal-toc"
5247 Modify generation of the \s-1TOC\s0 (Table Of Contents), which is created for
5248 every executable file. The \fB\-mfull-toc\fR option is selected by
5249 default. In that case, \s-1GCC\s0 will allocate at least one \s-1TOC\s0 entry for
5250 each unique non-automatic variable reference in your program. \s-1GCC\s0
5251 will also place floating-point constants in the \s-1TOC\s0. However, only
5252 16,384 entries are available in the \s-1TOC\s0.
5254 If you receive a linker error message that saying you have overflowed
5255 the available \s-1TOC\s0 space, you can reduce the amount of \s-1TOC\s0 space used
5256 with the \fB\-mno-fp-in-toc\fR and \fB\-mno-sum-in-toc\fR options.
5257 \&\fB\-mno-fp-in-toc\fR prevents \s-1GCC\s0 from putting floating-point
5258 constants in the \s-1TOC\s0 and \fB\-mno-sum-in-toc\fR forces \s-1GCC\s0 to
5259 generate code to calculate the sum of an address and a constant at
5260 run-time instead of putting that sum into the \s-1TOC\s0. You may specify one
5261 or both of these options. Each causes \s-1GCC\s0 to produce very slightly
5262 slower and larger code at the expense of conserving \s-1TOC\s0 space.
5264 If you still run out of space in the \s-1TOC\s0 even when you specify both of
5265 these options, specify \fB\-mminimal-toc\fR instead. This option causes
5266 \&\s-1GCC\s0 to make only one \s-1TOC\s0 entry for every file. When you specify this
5267 option, \s-1GCC\s0 will produce code that is slower and larger but which
5268 uses extremely little \s-1TOC\s0 space. You may wish to use this option
5269 only on files that contain less frequently executed code.
5270 .Ip "\fB\-maix64\fR" 4
5273 .Ip "\fB\-maix32\fR" 4
5276 Enable 64\-bit \s-1AIX\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 and calling convention: 64\-bit pointers, 64\-bit
5277 \&\f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR type, and the infrastructure needed to support them.
5278 Specifying \fB\-maix64\fR implies \fB\-mpowerpc64\fR and
5279 \&\fB\-mpowerpc\fR, while \fB\-maix32\fR disables the 64\-bit \s-1ABI\s0 and
5280 implies \fB\-mno-powerpc64\fR. \s-1GCC\s0 defaults to \fB\-maix32\fR.
5281 .Ip "\fB\-mxl-call\fR" 4
5282 .IX Item "-mxl-call"
5284 .Ip "\fB\-mno-xl-call\fR" 4
5285 .IX Item "-mno-xl-call"
5287 On \s-1AIX\s0, pass floating-point arguments to prototyped functions beyond the
5288 register save area (\s-1RSA\s0) on the stack in addition to argument FPRs. The
5289 \&\s-1AIX\s0 calling convention was extended but not initially documented to
5290 handle an obscure K&R C case of calling a function that takes the
5291 address of its arguments with fewer arguments than declared. \s-1AIX\s0 \s-1XL\s0
5292 compilers access floating point arguments which do not fit in the
5293 \&\s-1RSA\s0 from the stack when a subroutine is compiled without
5294 optimization. Because always storing floating-point arguments on the
5295 stack is inefficient and rarely needed, this option is not enabled by
5296 default and only is necessary when calling subroutines compiled by \s-1AIX\s0
5297 \&\s-1XL\s0 compilers without optimization.
5298 .Ip "\fB\-mthreads\fR" 4
5299 .IX Item "-mthreads"
5300 Support \fI\s-1AIX\s0 Threads\fR. Link an application written to use
5301 \&\fIpthreads\fR with special libraries and startup code to enable the
5305 Support \fI\s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 \s-1SP\s0\fR \fIParallel Environment\fR (\s-1PE\s0). Link an
5306 application written to use message passing with special startup code to
5307 enable the application to run. The system must have \s-1PE\s0 installed in the
5308 standard location (\fI/usr/lpp/ppe.poe/\fR), or the \fIspecs\fR file
5309 must be overridden with the \fB\-specs=\fR option to specify the
5310 appropriate directory location. The Parallel Environment does not
5311 support threads, so the \fB\-mpe\fR option and the \fB\-mthreads\fR
5312 option are incompatible.
5313 .Ip "\fB\-msoft-float\fR" 4
5314 .IX Item "-msoft-float"
5316 .Ip "\fB\-mhard-float\fR" 4
5317 .IX Item "-mhard-float"
5319 Generate code that does not use (uses) the floating-point register set.
5320 Software floating point emulation is provided if you use the
5321 \&\fB\-msoft-float\fR option, and pass the option to \s-1GCC\s0 when linking.
5322 .Ip "\fB\-mmultiple\fR" 4
5323 .IX Item "-mmultiple"
5325 .Ip "\fB\-mno-multiple\fR" 4
5326 .IX Item "-mno-multiple"
5328 Generate code that uses (does not use) the load multiple word
5329 instructions and the store multiple word instructions. These
5330 instructions are generated by default on \s-1POWER\s0 systems, and not
5331 generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use \fB\-mmultiple\fR on little
5332 endian PowerPC systems, since those instructions do not work when the
5333 processor is in little endian mode. The exceptions are \s-1PPC740\s0 and
5334 \&\s-1PPC750\s0 which permit the instructions usage in little endian mode.
5335 .Ip "\fB\-mstring\fR" 4
5338 .Ip "\fB\-mno-string\fR" 4
5339 .IX Item "-mno-string"
5341 Generate code that uses (does not use) the load string instructions
5342 and the store string word instructions to save multiple registers and
5343 do small block moves. These instructions are generated by default on
5344 \&\s-1POWER\s0 systems, and not generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use
5345 \&\fB\-mstring\fR on little endian PowerPC systems, since those
5346 instructions do not work when the processor is in little endian mode.
5347 The exceptions are \s-1PPC740\s0 and \s-1PPC750\s0 which permit the instructions
5348 usage in little endian mode.
5349 .Ip "\fB\-mupdate\fR" 4
5352 .Ip "\fB\-mno-update\fR" 4
5353 .IX Item "-mno-update"
5355 Generate code that uses (does not use) the load or store instructions
5356 that update the base register to the address of the calculated memory
5357 location. These instructions are generated by default. If you use
5358 \&\fB\-mno-update\fR, there is a small window between the time that the
5359 stack pointer is updated and the address of the previous frame is
5360 stored, which means code that walks the stack frame across interrupts or
5361 signals may get corrupted data.
5362 .Ip "\fB\-mfused-madd\fR" 4
5363 .IX Item "-mfused-madd"
5365 .Ip "\fB\-mno-fused-madd\fR" 4
5366 .IX Item "-mno-fused-madd"
5368 Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating point multiply and
5369 accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default if
5370 hardware floating is used.
5371 .Ip "\fB\-mno-bit-align\fR" 4
5372 .IX Item "-mno-bit-align"
5374 .Ip "\fB\-mbit-align\fR" 4
5375 .IX Item "-mbit-align"
5377 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) force structures
5378 and unions that contain bit fields to be aligned to the base type of the
5381 For example, by default a structure containing nothing but 8
5382 \&\f(CW\*(C`unsigned\*(C'\fR bitfields of length 1 would be aligned to a 4 byte
5383 boundary and have a size of 4 bytes. By using \fB\-mno-bit-align\fR,
5384 the structure would be aligned to a 1 byte boundary and be one byte in
5386 .Ip "\fB\-mno-strict-align\fR" 4
5387 .IX Item "-mno-strict-align"
5389 .Ip "\fB\-mstrict-align\fR" 4
5390 .IX Item "-mstrict-align"
5392 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
5393 unaligned memory references will be handled by the system.
5394 .Ip "\fB\-mrelocatable\fR" 4
5395 .IX Item "-mrelocatable"
5397 .Ip "\fB\-mno-relocatable\fR" 4
5398 .IX Item "-mno-relocatable"
5400 On embedded PowerPC systems generate code that allows (does not allow)
5401 the program to be relocated to a different address at runtime. If you
5402 use \fB\-mrelocatable\fR on any module, all objects linked together must
5403 be compiled with \fB\-mrelocatable\fR or \fB\-mrelocatable-lib\fR.
5404 .Ip "\fB\-mrelocatable-lib\fR" 4
5405 .IX Item "-mrelocatable-lib"
5407 .Ip "\fB\-mno-relocatable-lib\fR" 4
5408 .IX Item "-mno-relocatable-lib"
5410 On embedded PowerPC systems generate code that allows (does not allow)
5411 the program to be relocated to a different address at runtime. Modules
5412 compiled with \fB\-mrelocatable-lib\fR can be linked with either modules
5413 compiled without \fB\-mrelocatable\fR and \fB\-mrelocatable-lib\fR or
5414 with modules compiled with the \fB\-mrelocatable\fR options.
5415 .Ip "\fB\-mno-toc\fR" 4
5418 .Ip "\fB\-mtoc\fR" 4
5421 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
5422 register 2 contains a pointer to a global area pointing to the addresses
5423 used in the program.
5424 .Ip "\fB\-mlittle\fR" 4
5427 .Ip "\fB\-mlittle-endian\fR" 4
5428 .IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
5430 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
5431 processor in little endian mode. The \fB\-mlittle-endian\fR option is
5432 the same as \fB\-mlittle\fR.
5433 .Ip "\fB\-mbig\fR" 4
5436 .Ip "\fB\-mbig-endian\fR" 4
5437 .IX Item "-mbig-endian"
5439 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
5440 processor in big endian mode. The \fB\-mbig-endian\fR option is
5441 the same as \fB\-mbig\fR.
5442 .Ip "\fB\-mcall-sysv\fR" 4
5443 .IX Item "-mcall-sysv"
5444 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code using calling
5445 conventions that adheres to the March 1995 draft of the System V
5446 Application Binary Interface, PowerPC processor supplement. This is the
5447 default unless you configured \s-1GCC\s0 using \fBpowerpc-*\-eabiaix\fR.
5448 .Ip "\fB\-mcall-sysv-eabi\fR" 4
5449 .IX Item "-mcall-sysv-eabi"
5450 Specify both \fB\-mcall-sysv\fR and \fB\-meabi\fR options.
5451 .Ip "\fB\-mcall-sysv-noeabi\fR" 4
5452 .IX Item "-mcall-sysv-noeabi"
5453 Specify both \fB\-mcall-sysv\fR and \fB\-mno-eabi\fR options.
5454 .Ip "\fB\-mcall-aix\fR" 4
5455 .IX Item "-mcall-aix"
5456 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code using calling
5457 conventions that are similar to those used on \s-1AIX\s0. This is the
5458 default if you configured \s-1GCC\s0 using \fBpowerpc-*\-eabiaix\fR.
5459 .Ip "\fB\-mcall-solaris\fR" 4
5460 .IX Item "-mcall-solaris"
5461 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the Solaris
5463 .Ip "\fB\-mcall-linux\fR" 4
5464 .IX Item "-mcall-linux"
5465 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
5466 Linux-based \s-1GNU\s0 system.
5467 .Ip "\fB\-mprototype\fR" 4
5468 .IX Item "-mprototype"
5470 .Ip "\fB\-mno-prototype\fR" 4
5471 .IX Item "-mno-prototype"
5473 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems assume that all calls to
5474 variable argument functions are properly prototyped. Otherwise, the
5475 compiler must insert an instruction before every non prototyped call to
5476 set or clear bit 6 of the condition code register (\fI\s-1CR\s0\fR) to
5477 indicate whether floating point values were passed in the floating point
5478 registers in case the function takes a variable arguments. With
5479 \&\fB\-mprototype\fR, only calls to prototyped variable argument functions
5480 will set or clear the bit.
5481 .Ip "\fB\-msim\fR" 4
5483 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
5484 \&\fIsim-crt0.o\fR and that the standard C libraries are \fIlibsim.a\fR and
5485 \&\fIlibc.a\fR. This is the default for \fBpowerpc-*\-eabisim\fR.
5487 .Ip "\fB\-mmvme\fR" 4
5489 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
5490 \&\fIcrt0.o\fR and the standard C libraries are \fIlibmvme.a\fR and
5492 .Ip "\fB\-mads\fR" 4
5494 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
5495 \&\fIcrt0.o\fR and the standard C libraries are \fIlibads.a\fR and
5497 .Ip "\fB\-myellowknife\fR" 4
5498 .IX Item "-myellowknife"
5499 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
5500 \&\fIcrt0.o\fR and the standard C libraries are \fIlibyk.a\fR and
5502 .Ip "\fB\-mvxworks\fR" 4
5503 .IX Item "-mvxworks"
5504 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, specify that you are
5505 compiling for a VxWorks system.
5506 .Ip "\fB\-memb\fR" 4
5508 On embedded PowerPC systems, set the \fI\s-1PPC_EMB\s0\fR bit in the \s-1ELF\s0 flags
5509 header to indicate that \fBeabi\fR extended relocations are used.
5510 .Ip "\fB\-meabi\fR" 4
5513 .Ip "\fB\-mno-eabi\fR" 4
5514 .IX Item "-mno-eabi"
5516 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) adhere to the
5517 Embedded Applications Binary Interface (eabi) which is a set of
5518 modifications to the System V.4 specifications. Selecting \fB\-meabi\fR
5519 means that the stack is aligned to an 8 byte boundary, a function
5520 \&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_eabi\*(C'\fR is called to from \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR to set up the eabi
5521 environment, and the \fB\-msdata\fR option can use both \f(CW\*(C`r2\*(C'\fR and
5522 \&\f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR to point to two separate small data areas. Selecting
5523 \&\fB\-mno-eabi\fR means that the stack is aligned to a 16 byte boundary,
5524 do not call an initialization function from \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR, and the
5525 \&\fB\-msdata\fR option will only use \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR to point to a single
5526 small data area. The \fB\-meabi\fR option is on by default if you
5527 configured \s-1GCC\s0 using one of the \fBpowerpc*\-*\-eabi*\fR options.
5528 .Ip "\fB\-msdata=eabi\fR" 4
5529 .IX Item "-msdata=eabi"
5530 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small initialized
5531 \&\f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR global and static data in the \fB.sdata2\fR section, which
5532 is pointed to by register \f(CW\*(C`r2\*(C'\fR. Put small initialized
5533 non-\f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR global and static data in the \fB.sdata\fR section,
5534 which is pointed to by register \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR. Put small uninitialized
5535 global and static data in the \fB.sbss\fR section, which is adjacent to
5536 the \fB.sdata\fR section. The \fB\-msdata=eabi\fR option is
5537 incompatible with the \fB\-mrelocatable\fR option. The
5538 \&\fB\-msdata=eabi\fR option also sets the \fB\-memb\fR option.
5539 .Ip "\fB\-msdata=sysv\fR" 4
5540 .IX Item "-msdata=sysv"
5541 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and static
5542 data in the \fB.sdata\fR section, which is pointed to by register
5543 \&\f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR. Put small uninitialized global and static data in the
5544 \&\fB.sbss\fR section, which is adjacent to the \fB.sdata\fR section.
5545 The \fB\-msdata=sysv\fR option is incompatible with the
5546 \&\fB\-mrelocatable\fR option.
5547 .Ip "\fB\-msdata=default\fR" 4
5548 .IX Item "-msdata=default"
5550 .Ip "\fB\-msdata\fR" 4
5553 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, if \fB\-meabi\fR is used,
5554 compile code the same as \fB\-msdata=eabi\fR, otherwise compile code the
5555 same as \fB\-msdata=sysv\fR.
5556 .Ip "\fB\-msdata-data\fR" 4
5557 .IX Item "-msdata-data"
5558 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and static
5559 data in the \fB.sdata\fR section. Put small uninitialized global and
5560 static data in the \fB.sbss\fR section. Do not use register \f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'\fR
5561 to address small data however. This is the default behavior unless
5562 other \fB\-msdata\fR options are used.
5563 .Ip "\fB\-msdata=none\fR" 4
5564 .IX Item "-msdata=none"
5566 .Ip "\fB\-mno-sdata\fR" 4
5567 .IX Item "-mno-sdata"
5569 On embedded PowerPC systems, put all initialized global and static data
5570 in the \fB.data\fR section, and all uninitialized data in the
5571 \&\fB.bss\fR section.
5572 .Ip "\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR" 4
5574 On embedded PowerPC systems, put global and static items less than or
5575 equal to \fInum\fR bytes into the small data or bss sections instead of
5576 the normal data or bss section. By default, \fInum\fR is 8. The
5577 \&\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR switch is also passed to the linker.
5578 All modules should be compiled with the same \fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR value.
5579 .Ip "\fB\-mregnames\fR" 4
5580 .IX Item "-mregnames"
5582 .Ip "\fB\-mno-regnames\fR" 4
5583 .IX Item "-mno-regnames"
5585 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) emit register
5586 names in the assembly language output using symbolic forms.
5588 .I "\s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RT\s0 Options"
5589 .IX Subsection "IBM RT Options"
5591 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RT\s0 \s-1PC:\s0
5592 .Ip "\fB\-min-line-mul\fR" 4
5593 .IX Item "-min-line-mul"
5594 Use an in-line code sequence for integer multiplies. This is the
5596 .Ip "\fB\-mcall-lib-mul\fR" 4
5597 .IX Item "-mcall-lib-mul"
5598 Call \f(CW\*(C`lmul$$\*(C'\fR for integer multiples.
5599 .Ip "\fB\-mfull-fp-blocks\fR" 4
5600 .IX Item "-mfull-fp-blocks"
5601 Generate full-size floating point data blocks, including the minimum
5602 amount of scratch space recommended by \s-1IBM\s0. This is the default.
5603 .Ip "\fB\-mminimum-fp-blocks\fR" 4
5604 .IX Item "-mminimum-fp-blocks"
5605 Do not include extra scratch space in floating point data blocks. This
5606 results in smaller code, but slower execution, since scratch space must
5607 be allocated dynamically.
5608 .Ip "\fB\-mfp-arg-in-fpregs\fR" 4
5609 .IX Item "-mfp-arg-in-fpregs"
5610 Use a calling sequence incompatible with the \s-1IBM\s0 calling convention in
5611 which floating point arguments are passed in floating point registers.
5612 Note that \f(CW\*(C`varargs.h\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`stdargs.h\*(C'\fR will not work with
5613 floating point operands if this option is specified.
5614 .Ip "\fB\-mfp-arg-in-gregs\fR" 4
5615 .IX Item "-mfp-arg-in-gregs"
5616 Use the normal calling convention for floating point arguments. This is
5618 .Ip "\fB\-mhc-struct-return\fR" 4
5619 .IX Item "-mhc-struct-return"
5620 Return structures of more than one word in memory, rather than in a
5621 register. This provides compatibility with the MetaWare HighC (hc)
5622 compiler. Use the option \fB\-fpcc-struct-return\fR for compatibility
5623 with the Portable C Compiler (pcc).
5624 .Ip "\fB\-mnohc-struct-return\fR" 4
5625 .IX Item "-mnohc-struct-return"
5626 Return some structures of more than one word in registers, when
5627 convenient. This is the default. For compatibility with the
5628 IBM-supplied compilers, use the option \fB\-fpcc-struct-return\fR or the
5629 option \fB\-mhc-struct-return\fR.
5631 .I "\s-1MIPS\s0 Options"
5632 .IX Subsection "MIPS Options"
5634 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1MIPS\s0 family of computers:
5635 .Ip "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu type\fR" 4
5636 .IX Item "-mcpu=cpu type"
5637 Assume the defaults for the machine type \fIcpu type\fR when scheduling
5638 instructions. The choices for \fIcpu type\fR are \fBr2000\fR, \fBr3000\fR,
5639 \&\fBr3900\fR, \fBr4000\fR, \fBr4100\fR, \fBr4300\fR, \fBr4400\fR,
5640 \&\fBr4600\fR, \fBr4650\fR, \fBr5000\fR, \fBr6000\fR, \fBr8000\fR,
5641 and \fBorion\fR. Additionally, the \fBr2000\fR, \fBr3000\fR,
5642 \&\fBr4000\fR, \fBr5000\fR, and \fBr6000\fR can be abbreviated as
5643 \&\fBr2k\fR (or \fBr2K\fR), \fBr3k\fR, etc. While picking a specific
5644 \&\fIcpu type\fR will schedule things appropriately for that particular
5645 chip, the compiler will not generate any code that does not meet level 1
5646 of the \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1ISA\s0 (instruction set architecture) without a \fB\-mipsX\fR
5647 or \fB\-mabi\fR switch being used.
5648 .Ip "\fB\-mips1\fR" 4
5650 Issue instructions from level 1 of the \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1ISA\s0. This is the default.
5651 \&\fBr3000\fR is the default \fIcpu type\fR at this \s-1ISA\s0 level.
5652 .Ip "\fB\-mips2\fR" 4
5654 Issue instructions from level 2 of the \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1ISA\s0 (branch likely, square
5655 root instructions). \fBr6000\fR is the default \fIcpu type\fR at this
5657 .Ip "\fB\-mips3\fR" 4
5659 Issue instructions from level 3 of the \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1ISA\s0 (64 bit instructions).
5660 \&\fBr4000\fR is the default \fIcpu type\fR at this \s-1ISA\s0 level.
5661 .Ip "\fB\-mips4\fR" 4
5663 Issue instructions from level 4 of the \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1ISA\s0 (conditional move,
5664 prefetch, enhanced \s-1FPU\s0 instructions). \fBr8000\fR is the default
5665 \&\fIcpu type\fR at this \s-1ISA\s0 level.
5666 .Ip "\fB\-mfp32\fR" 4
5668 Assume that 32 32\-bit floating point registers are available. This is
5670 .Ip "\fB\-mfp64\fR" 4
5672 Assume that 32 64\-bit floating point registers are available. This is
5673 the default when the \fB\-mips3\fR option is used.
5674 .Ip "\fB\-mgp32\fR" 4
5676 Assume that 32 32\-bit general purpose registers are available. This is
5678 .Ip "\fB\-mgp64\fR" 4
5680 Assume that 32 64\-bit general purpose registers are available. This is
5681 the default when the \fB\-mips3\fR option is used.
5682 .Ip "\fB\-mint64\fR" 4
5684 Force int and long types to be 64 bits wide. See \fB\-mlong32\fR for an
5685 explanation of the default, and the width of pointers.
5686 .Ip "\fB\-mlong64\fR" 4
5688 Force long types to be 64 bits wide. See \fB\-mlong32\fR for an
5689 explanation of the default, and the width of pointers.
5690 .Ip "\fB\-mlong32\fR" 4
5692 Force long, int, and pointer types to be 32 bits wide.
5694 If none of \fB\-mlong32\fR, \fB\-mlong64\fR, or \fB\-mint64\fR are set,
5695 the size of ints, longs, and pointers depends on the \s-1ABI\s0 and \s-1ISA\s0 chosen.
5696 For \fB\-mabi=32\fR, and \fB\-mabi=n32\fR, ints and longs are 32 bits
5697 wide. For \fB\-mabi=64\fR, ints are 32 bits, and longs are 64 bits wide.
5698 For \fB\-mabi=eabi\fR and either \fB\-mips1\fR or \fB\-mips2\fR, ints
5699 and longs are 32 bits wide. For \fB\-mabi=eabi\fR and higher ISAs, ints
5700 are 32 bits, and longs are 64 bits wide. The width of pointer types is
5701 the smaller of the width of longs or the width of general purpose
5702 registers (which in turn depends on the \s-1ISA\s0).
5703 .Ip "\fB\-mabi=32\fR" 4
5706 .Ip "\fB\-mabi=o64\fR" 4
5707 .IX Item "-mabi=o64"
5708 .Ip "\fB\-mabi=n32\fR" 4
5709 .IX Item "-mabi=n32"
5710 .Ip "\fB\-mabi=64\fR" 4
5712 .Ip "\fB\-mabi=eabi\fR" 4
5713 .IX Item "-mabi=eabi"
5715 Generate code for the indicated \s-1ABI\s0. The default instruction level is
5716 \&\fB\-mips1\fR for \fB32\fR, \fB\-mips3\fR for \fBn32\fR, and
5717 \&\fB\-mips4\fR otherwise. Conversely, with \fB\-mips1\fR or
5718 \&\fB\-mips2\fR, the default \s-1ABI\s0 is \fB32\fR; otherwise, the default \s-1ABI\s0
5720 .Ip "\fB\-mmips-as\fR" 4
5721 .IX Item "-mmips-as"
5722 Generate code for the \s-1MIPS\s0 assembler, and invoke \fImips-tfile\fR to
5723 add normal debug information. This is the default for all
5724 platforms except for the \s-1OSF/1\s0 reference platform, using the OSF/rose
5725 object format. If the either of the \fB\-gstabs\fR or \fB\-gstabs+\fR
5726 switches are used, the \fImips-tfile\fR program will encapsulate the
5727 stabs within \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1ECOFF\s0.
5728 .Ip "\fB\-mgas\fR" 4
5730 Generate code for the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler. This is the default on the \s-1OSF/1\s0
5731 reference platform, using the OSF/rose object format. Also, this is
5732 the default if the configure option \fB\*(--with-gnu-as\fR is used.
5733 .Ip "\fB\-msplit-addresses\fR" 4
5734 .IX Item "-msplit-addresses"
5736 .Ip "\fB\-mno-split-addresses\fR" 4
5737 .IX Item "-mno-split-addresses"
5739 Generate code to load the high and low parts of address constants separately.
5740 This allows \f(CW\*(C`gcc\*(C'\fR to optimize away redundant loads of the high order
5741 bits of addresses. This optimization requires \s-1GNU\s0 as and \s-1GNU\s0 ld.
5742 This optimization is enabled by default for some embedded targets where
5743 \&\s-1GNU\s0 as and \s-1GNU\s0 ld are standard.
5744 .Ip "\fB\-mrnames\fR" 4
5747 .Ip "\fB\-mno-rnames\fR" 4
5748 .IX Item "-mno-rnames"
5750 The \fB\-mrnames\fR switch says to output code using the \s-1MIPS\s0 software
5751 names for the registers, instead of the hardware names (ie, \fIa0\fR
5752 instead of \fI$4\fR). The only known assembler that supports this option
5753 is the Algorithmics assembler.
5754 .Ip "\fB\-mgpopt\fR" 4
5757 .Ip "\fB\-mno-gpopt\fR" 4
5758 .IX Item "-mno-gpopt"
5760 The \fB\-mgpopt\fR switch says to write all of the data declarations
5761 before the instructions in the text section, this allows the \s-1MIPS\s0
5762 assembler to generate one word memory references instead of using two
5763 words for short global or static data items. This is on by default if
5764 optimization is selected.
5765 .Ip "\fB\-mstats\fR" 4
5768 .Ip "\fB\-mno-stats\fR" 4
5769 .IX Item "-mno-stats"
5771 For each non-inline function processed, the \fB\-mstats\fR switch
5772 causes the compiler to emit one line to the standard error file to
5773 print statistics about the program (number of registers saved, stack
5775 .Ip "\fB\-mmemcpy\fR" 4
5778 .Ip "\fB\-mno-memcpy\fR" 4
5779 .IX Item "-mno-memcpy"
5781 The \fB\-mmemcpy\fR switch makes all block moves call the appropriate
5782 string function (\fBmemcpy\fR or \fBbcopy\fR) instead of possibly
5783 generating inline code.
5784 .Ip "\fB\-mmips-tfile\fR" 4
5785 .IX Item "-mmips-tfile"
5787 .Ip "\fB\-mno-mips-tfile\fR" 4
5788 .IX Item "-mno-mips-tfile"
5790 The \fB\-mno-mips-tfile\fR switch causes the compiler not
5791 postprocess the object file with the \fImips-tfile\fR program,
5792 after the \s-1MIPS\s0 assembler has generated it to add debug support. If
5793 \&\fImips-tfile\fR is not run, then no local variables will be
5794 available to the debugger. In addition, \fIstage2\fR and
5795 \&\fIstage3\fR objects will have the temporary file names passed to the
5796 assembler embedded in the object file, which means the objects will
5797 not compare the same. The \fB\-mno-mips-tfile\fR switch should only
5798 be used when there are bugs in the \fImips-tfile\fR program that
5799 prevents compilation.
5800 .Ip "\fB\-msoft-float\fR" 4
5801 .IX Item "-msoft-float"
5802 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
5803 \&\fBWarning:\fR the requisite libraries are not part of \s-1GCC\s0.
5804 Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
5805 this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your
5806 own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
5808 .Ip "\fB\-mhard-float\fR" 4
5809 .IX Item "-mhard-float"
5810 Generate output containing floating point instructions. This is the
5811 default if you use the unmodified sources.
5812 .Ip "\fB\-mabicalls\fR" 4
5813 .IX Item "-mabicalls"
5815 .Ip "\fB\-mno-abicalls\fR" 4
5816 .IX Item "-mno-abicalls"
5818 Emit (or do not emit) the pseudo operations \fB.abicalls\fR,
5819 \&\fB.cpload\fR, and \fB.cprestore\fR that some System V.4 ports use for
5820 position independent code.
5821 .Ip "\fB\-mlong-calls\fR" 4
5822 .IX Item "-mlong-calls"
5824 .Ip "\fB\-mno-long-calls\fR" 4
5825 .IX Item "-mno-long-calls"
5827 Do all calls with the \fB\s-1JALR\s0\fR instruction, which requires
5828 loading up a function's address into a register before the call.
5829 You need to use this switch, if you call outside of the current
5830 512 megabyte segment to functions that are not through pointers.
5831 .Ip "\fB\-mhalf-pic\fR" 4
5832 .IX Item "-mhalf-pic"
5834 .Ip "\fB\-mno-half-pic\fR" 4
5835 .IX Item "-mno-half-pic"
5837 Put pointers to extern references into the data section and load them
5838 up, rather than put the references in the text section.
5839 .Ip "\fB\-membedded-pic\fR" 4
5840 .IX Item "-membedded-pic"
5842 .Ip "\fB\-mno-embedded-pic\fR" 4
5843 .IX Item "-mno-embedded-pic"
5845 Generate \s-1PIC\s0 code suitable for some embedded systems. All calls are
5846 made using \s-1PC\s0 relative address, and all data is addressed using the \f(CW$gp\fR
5847 register. No more than 65536 bytes of global data may be used. This
5848 requires \s-1GNU\s0 as and \s-1GNU\s0 ld which do most of the work. This currently
5849 only works on targets which use \s-1ECOFF\s0; it does not work with \s-1ELF\s0.
5850 .Ip "\fB\-membedded-data\fR" 4
5851 .IX Item "-membedded-data"
5853 .Ip "\fB\-mno-embedded-data\fR" 4
5854 .IX Item "-mno-embedded-data"
5856 Allocate variables to the read-only data section first if possible, then
5857 next in the small data section if possible, otherwise in data. This gives
5858 slightly slower code than the default, but reduces the amount of \s-1RAM\s0 required
5859 when executing, and thus may be preferred for some embedded systems.
5860 .Ip "\fB\-muninit-const-in-rodata\fR" 4
5861 .IX Item "-muninit-const-in-rodata"
5863 .Ip "\fB\-mno-uninit-const-in-rodata\fR" 4
5864 .IX Item "-mno-uninit-const-in-rodata"
5866 When used together with \-membedded-data, it will always store uninitialized
5867 const variables in the read-only data section.
5868 .Ip "\fB\-msingle-float\fR" 4
5869 .IX Item "-msingle-float"
5871 .Ip "\fB\-mdouble-float\fR" 4
5872 .IX Item "-mdouble-float"
5874 The \fB\-msingle-float\fR switch tells gcc to assume that the floating
5875 point coprocessor only supports single precision operations, as on the
5876 \&\fBr4650\fR chip. The \fB\-mdouble-float\fR switch permits gcc to use
5877 double precision operations. This is the default.
5878 .Ip "\fB\-mmad\fR" 4
5881 .Ip "\fB\-mno-mad\fR" 4
5884 Permit use of the \fBmad\fR, \fBmadu\fR and \fBmul\fR instructions,
5885 as on the \fBr4650\fR chip.
5886 .Ip "\fB\-m4650\fR" 4
5888 Turns on \fB\-msingle-float\fR, \fB\-mmad\fR, and, at least for now,
5889 \&\fB\-mcpu=r4650\fR.
5890 .Ip "\fB\-mips16\fR" 4
5893 .Ip "\fB\-mno-mips16\fR" 4
5894 .IX Item "-mno-mips16"
5896 Enable 16\-bit instructions.
5897 .Ip "\fB\-mentry\fR" 4
5899 Use the entry and exit pseudo ops. This option can only be used with
5903 Compile code for the processor in little endian mode.
5904 The requisite libraries are assumed to exist.
5907 Compile code for the processor in big endian mode.
5908 The requisite libraries are assumed to exist.
5909 .Ip "\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR" 4
5911 Put global and static items less than or equal to \fInum\fR bytes into
5912 the small data or bss sections instead of the normal data or bss
5913 section. This allows the assembler to emit one word memory reference
5914 instructions based on the global pointer (\fIgp\fR or \fI$28\fR),
5915 instead of the normal two words used. By default, \fInum\fR is 8 when
5916 the \s-1MIPS\s0 assembler is used, and 0 when the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler is used. The
5917 \&\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR switch is also passed to the assembler and linker.
5918 All modules should be compiled with the same \fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR
5920 .Ip "\fB\-nocpp\fR" 4
5922 Tell the \s-1MIPS\s0 assembler to not run its preprocessor over user
5923 assembler files (with a \fB.s\fR suffix) when assembling them.
5924 .Ip "\fB\-mfix7000\fR" 4
5925 .IX Item "-mfix7000"
5926 Pass an option to gas which will cause nops to be inserted if
5927 the read of the destination register of an mfhi or mflo instruction
5928 occurs in the following two instructions.
5929 .Ip "\fB\-no-crt0\fR" 4
5931 Do not include the default crt0.
5933 .I "Intel 386 Options"
5934 .IX Subsection "Intel 386 Options"
5936 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the i386 family of computers:
5937 .Ip "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu type\fR" 4
5938 .IX Item "-mcpu=cpu type"
5939 Assume the defaults for the machine type \fIcpu type\fR when scheduling
5940 instructions. The choices for \fIcpu type\fR are \fBi386\fR,
5941 \&\fBi486\fR, \fBi586\fR, \fBi686\fR, \fBpentium\fR,
5942 \&\fBpentiumpro\fR, \fBpentium4\fR, \fBk6\fR, and \fBathlon\fR
5944 While picking a specific \fIcpu type\fR will schedule things appropriately
5945 for that particular chip, the compiler will not generate any code that
5946 does not run on the i386 without the \fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu type\fR option
5947 being used. \fBi586\fR is equivalent to \fBpentium\fR and \fBi686\fR
5948 is equivalent to \fBpentiumpro\fR. \fBk6\fR and \fBathlon\fR are the
5949 \&\s-1AMD\s0 chips as opposed to the Intel ones.
5950 .Ip "\fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu type\fR" 4
5951 .IX Item "-march=cpu type"
5952 Generate instructions for the machine type \fIcpu type\fR. The choices
5953 for \fIcpu type\fR are the same as for \fB\-mcpu\fR. Moreover,
5954 specifying \fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu type\fR implies \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu type\fR.
5955 .Ip "\fB\-m386\fR" 4
5958 .Ip "\fB\-m486\fR" 4
5960 .Ip "\fB\-mpentium\fR" 4
5961 .IX Item "-mpentium"
5962 .Ip "\fB\-mpentiumpro\fR" 4
5963 .IX Item "-mpentiumpro"
5965 Synonyms for \-mcpu=i386, \-mcpu=i486, \-mcpu=pentium, and \-mcpu=pentiumpro
5966 respectively. These synonyms are deprecated.
5967 .Ip "\fB\-mintel-syntax\fR" 4
5968 .IX Item "-mintel-syntax"
5969 Emit assembly using Intel syntax opcodes instead of \s-1AT&T\s0 syntax.
5970 .Ip "\fB\-mieee-fp\fR" 4
5971 .IX Item "-mieee-fp"
5973 .Ip "\fB\-mno-ieee-fp\fR" 4
5974 .IX Item "-mno-ieee-fp"
5976 Control whether or not the compiler uses \s-1IEEE\s0 floating point
5977 comparisons. These handle correctly the case where the result of a
5978 comparison is unordered.
5979 .Ip "\fB\-msoft-float\fR" 4
5980 .IX Item "-msoft-float"
5981 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
5982 \&\fBWarning:\fR the requisite libraries are not part of \s-1GCC\s0.
5983 Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
5984 this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your
5985 own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
5988 On machines where a function returns floating point results in the 80387
5989 register stack, some floating point opcodes may be emitted even if
5990 \&\fB\-msoft-float\fR is used.
5991 .Ip "\fB\-mno-fp-ret-in-387\fR" 4
5992 .IX Item "-mno-fp-ret-in-387"
5993 Do not use the \s-1FPU\s0 registers for return values of functions.
5995 The usual calling convention has functions return values of types
5996 \&\f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR in an \s-1FPU\s0 register, even if there
5997 is no \s-1FPU\s0. The idea is that the operating system should emulate
6000 The option \fB\-mno-fp-ret-in-387\fR causes such values to be returned
6001 in ordinary \s-1CPU\s0 registers instead.
6002 .Ip "\fB\-mno-fancy-math-387\fR" 4
6003 .IX Item "-mno-fancy-math-387"
6004 Some 387 emulators do not support the \f(CW\*(C`sin\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cos\*(C'\fR and
6005 \&\f(CW\*(C`sqrt\*(C'\fR instructions for the 387. Specify this option to avoid
6006 generating those instructions. This option is the default on FreeBSD.
6007 As of revision 2.6.1, these instructions are not generated unless you
6008 also use the \fB\-funsafe-math-optimizations\fR switch.
6009 .Ip "\fB\-malign-double\fR" 4
6010 .IX Item "-malign-double"
6012 .Ip "\fB\-mno-align-double\fR" 4
6013 .IX Item "-mno-align-double"
6015 Control whether \s-1GCC\s0 aligns \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR, and
6016 \&\f(CW\*(C`long long\*(C'\fR variables on a two word boundary or a one word
6017 boundary. Aligning \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR variables on a two word boundary will
6018 produce code that runs somewhat faster on a \fBPentium\fR at the
6019 expense of more memory.
6020 .Ip "\fB\-m128bit-long-double\fR" 4
6021 .IX Item "-m128bit-long-double"
6023 .Ip "\fB\-m128bit-long-double\fR" 4
6024 .IX Item "-m128bit-long-double"
6026 Control the size of \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR type. i386 application binary interface
6027 specify the size to be 12 bytes, while modern architectures (Pentium and newer)
6028 preffer \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR aligned to 8 or 16 byte boundary. This is
6029 impossible to reach with 12 byte long doubles in the array accesses.
6031 \&\fBWarning:\fR if you use the \fB\-m128bit-long-double\fR switch, the
6032 structures and arrays containing \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR will change their size as
6033 well as function calling convention for function taking \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR
6035 .Ip "\fB\-m96bit-long-double\fR" 4
6036 .IX Item "-m96bit-long-double"
6038 .Ip "\fB\-m96bit-long-double\fR" 4
6039 .IX Item "-m96bit-long-double"
6041 Set the size of \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR to 96 bits as required by the i386
6042 application binary interface. This is the default.
6043 .Ip "\fB\-msvr3\-shlib\fR" 4
6044 .IX Item "-msvr3-shlib"
6046 .Ip "\fB\-mno-svr3\-shlib\fR" 4
6047 .IX Item "-mno-svr3-shlib"
6049 Control whether \s-1GCC\s0 places uninitialized locals into \f(CW\*(C`bss\*(C'\fR or
6050 \&\f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR. \fB\-msvr3\-shlib\fR places these locals into \f(CW\*(C`bss\*(C'\fR.
6051 These options are meaningful only on System V Release 3.
6052 .Ip "\fB\-mno-wide-multiply\fR" 4
6053 .IX Item "-mno-wide-multiply"
6055 .Ip "\fB\-mwide-multiply\fR" 4
6056 .IX Item "-mwide-multiply"
6058 Control whether \s-1GCC\s0 uses the \f(CW\*(C`mul\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`imul\*(C'\fR that produce
6059 64 bit results in \f(CW\*(C`eax:edx\*(C'\fR from 32 bit operands to do \f(CW\*(C`long
6060 long\*(C'\fR multiplies and 32\-bit division by constants.
6061 .Ip "\fB\-mrtd\fR" 4
6063 Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions that
6064 take a fixed number of arguments return with the \f(CW\*(C`ret\*(C'\fR \fInum\fR
6065 instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This saves one
6066 instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop the arguments
6069 You can specify that an individual function is called with this calling
6070 sequence with the function attribute \fBstdcall\fR. You can also
6071 override the \fB\-mrtd\fR option by using the function attribute
6074 \&\fBWarning:\fR this calling convention is incompatible with the one
6075 normally used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call
6076 libraries compiled with the Unix compiler.
6078 Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
6079 take variable numbers of arguments (including \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR);
6080 otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
6083 In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
6084 function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
6085 harmlessly ignored.)
6086 .Ip "\fB\-mregparm=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
6087 .IX Item "-mregparm=num"
6088 Control how many registers are used to pass integer arguments. By
6089 default, no registers are used to pass arguments, and at most 3
6090 registers can be used. You can control this behavior for a specific
6091 function by using the function attribute \fBregparm\fR.
6093 \&\fBWarning:\fR if you use this switch, and
6094 \&\fInum\fR is nonzero, then you must build all modules with the same
6095 value, including any libraries. This includes the system libraries and
6097 .Ip "\fB\-malign-loops=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
6098 .IX Item "-malign-loops=num"
6099 Align loops to a 2 raised to a \fInum\fR byte boundary. If
6100 \&\fB\-malign-loops\fR is not specified, the default is 2 unless
6101 gas 2.8 (or later) is being used in which case the default is
6102 to align the loop on a 16 byte boundary if it is less than 8
6104 .Ip "\fB\-malign-jumps=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
6105 .IX Item "-malign-jumps=num"
6106 Align instructions that are only jumped to to a 2 raised to a \fInum\fR
6107 byte boundary. If \fB\-malign-jumps\fR is not specified, the default is
6108 2 if optimizing for a 386, and 4 if optimizing for a 486 unless
6109 gas 2.8 (or later) is being used in which case the default is
6110 to align the instruction on a 16 byte boundary if it is less
6112 .Ip "\fB\-malign-functions=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
6113 .IX Item "-malign-functions=num"
6114 Align the start of functions to a 2 raised to \fInum\fR byte boundary.
6115 If \fB\-malign-functions\fR is not specified, the default is 2 if optimizing
6116 for a 386, and 4 if optimizing for a 486.
6117 .Ip "\fB\-mpreferred-stack-boundary=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
6118 .IX Item "-mpreferred-stack-boundary=num"
6119 Attempt to keep the stack boundary aligned to a 2 raised to \fInum\fR
6120 byte boundary. If \fB\-mpreferred-stack-boundary\fR is not specified,
6121 the default is 4 (16 bytes or 128 bits).
6123 The stack is required to be aligned on a 4 byte boundary. On Pentium
6124 and PentiumPro, \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR values should be
6125 aligned to an 8 byte boundary (see \fB\-malign-double\fR) or suffer
6126 significant run time performance penalties. On Pentium \s-1III\s0, the
6127 Streaming \s-1SIMD\s0 Extension (\s-1SSE\s0) data type \f(CW\*(C`_\|_m128\*(C'\fR suffers similar
6128 penalties if it is not 16 byte aligned.
6130 To ensure proper alignment of this values on the stack, the stack boundary
6131 must be as aligned as that required by any value stored on the stack.
6132 Further, every function must be generated such that it keeps the stack
6133 aligned. Thus calling a function compiled with a higher preferred
6134 stack boundary from a function compiled with a lower preferred stack
6135 boundary will most likely misalign the stack. It is recommended that
6136 libraries that use callbacks always use the default setting.
6138 This extra alignment does consume extra stack space. Code that is sensitive
6139 to stack space usage, such as embedded systems and operating system kernels,
6140 may want to reduce the preferred alignment to
6141 \&\fB\-mpreferred-stack-boundary=2\fR.
6142 .Ip "\fB\-mpush-args\fR" 4
6143 .IX Item "-mpush-args"
6144 Use \s-1PUSH\s0 operations to store outgoing parameters. This method is shorter
6145 and usually equally fast as method using \s-1SUB/MOV\s0 operations and is enabled
6146 by default. In some cases disabling it may improve performance because of
6147 improved scheduling and reduced dependencies.
6148 .Ip "\fB\-maccumulate-outgoing-args\fR" 4
6149 .IX Item "-maccumulate-outgoing-args"
6150 If enabled, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments will be
6151 computed in the function prologue. This in faster on most modern CPUs
6152 because of reduced dependencies, improved scheduling and reduced stack usage
6153 when preferred stack boundary is not equal to 2. The drawback is a notable
6154 increase in code size. This switch implies \-mno-push-args.
6155 .Ip "\fB\-mthreads\fR" 4
6156 .IX Item "-mthreads"
6157 Support thread-safe exception handling on \fBMingw32\fR. Code that relies
6158 on thread-safe exception handling must compile and link all code with the
6159 \&\fB\-mthreads\fR option. When compiling, \fB\-mthreads\fR defines
6160 \&\fB\-D_MT\fR; when linking, it links in a special thread helper library
6161 \&\fB\-lmingwthrd\fR which cleans up per thread exception handling data.
6162 .Ip "\fB\-mno-align-stringops\fR" 4
6163 .IX Item "-mno-align-stringops"
6164 Do not align destination of inlined string operations. This switch reduces
6165 code size and improves performance in case the destination is already aligned,
6166 but gcc don't know about it.
6167 .Ip "\fB\-minline-all-stringops\fR" 4
6168 .IX Item "-minline-all-stringops"
6169 By default \s-1GCC\s0 inlines string operations only when destination is known to be
6170 aligned at least to 4 byte boundary. This enables more inlining, increase code
6171 size, but may improve performance of code that depends on fast memcpy, strlen
6172 and memset for short lengths.
6174 .I "\s-1HPPA\s0 Options"
6175 .IX Subsection "HPPA Options"
6177 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1HPPA\s0 family of computers:
6178 .Ip "\fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture type\fR" 4
6179 .IX Item "-march=architecture type"
6180 Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for
6181 \&\fIarchitecture type\fR are \fB1.0\fR for \s-1PA\s0 1.0, \fB1.1\fR for \s-1PA\s0
6182 1.1, and \fB2.0\fR for \s-1PA\s0 2.0 processors. Refer to
6183 \&\fI/usr/lib/sched.models\fR on an \s-1HP-UX\s0 system to determine the proper
6184 architecture option for your machine. Code compiled for lower numbered
6185 architectures will run on higher numbered architectures, but not the
6188 \&\s-1PA\s0 2.0 support currently requires gas snapshot 19990413 or later. The
6189 next release of binutils (current is 2.9.1) will probably contain \s-1PA\s0 2.0
6191 .Ip "\fB\-mpa-risc-1\-0\fR" 4
6192 .IX Item "-mpa-risc-1-0"
6194 .Ip "\fB\-mpa-risc-1\-1\fR" 4
6195 .IX Item "-mpa-risc-1-1"
6196 .Ip "\fB\-mpa-risc-2\-0\fR" 4
6197 .IX Item "-mpa-risc-2-0"
6199 Synonyms for \-march=1.0, \-march=1.1, and \-march=2.0 respectively.
6200 .Ip "\fB\-mbig-switch\fR" 4
6201 .IX Item "-mbig-switch"
6202 Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if
6203 the assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within a switch
6205 .Ip "\fB\-mjump-in-delay\fR" 4
6206 .IX Item "-mjump-in-delay"
6207 Fill delay slots of function calls with unconditional jump instructions
6208 by modifying the return pointer for the function call to be the target
6209 of the conditional jump.
6210 .Ip "\fB\-mdisable-fpregs\fR" 4
6211 .IX Item "-mdisable-fpregs"
6212 Prevent floating point registers from being used in any manner. This is
6213 necessary for compiling kernels which perform lazy context switching of
6214 floating point registers. If you use this option and attempt to perform
6215 floating point operations, the compiler will abort.
6216 .Ip "\fB\-mdisable-indexing\fR" 4
6217 .IX Item "-mdisable-indexing"
6218 Prevent the compiler from using indexing address modes. This avoids some
6219 rather obscure problems when compiling \s-1MIG\s0 generated code under \s-1MACH\s0.
6220 .Ip "\fB\-mno-space-regs\fR" 4
6221 .IX Item "-mno-space-regs"
6222 Generate code that assumes the target has no space registers. This allows
6223 \&\s-1GCC\s0 to generate faster indirect calls and use unscaled index address modes.
6225 Such code is suitable for level 0 \s-1PA\s0 systems and kernels.
6226 .Ip "\fB\-mfast-indirect-calls\fR" 4
6227 .IX Item "-mfast-indirect-calls"
6228 Generate code that assumes calls never cross space boundaries. This
6229 allows \s-1GCC\s0 to emit code which performs faster indirect calls.
6231 This option will not work in the presence of shared libraries or nested
6233 .Ip "\fB\-mlong-load-store\fR" 4
6234 .IX Item "-mlong-load-store"
6235 Generate 3\-instruction load and store sequences as sometimes required by
6236 the \s-1HP-UX\s0 10 linker. This is equivalent to the \fB+k\fR option to
6237 the \s-1HP\s0 compilers.
6238 .Ip "\fB\-mportable-runtime\fR" 4
6239 .IX Item "-mportable-runtime"
6240 Use the portable calling conventions proposed by \s-1HP\s0 for \s-1ELF\s0 systems.
6241 .Ip "\fB\-mgas\fR" 4
6243 Enable the use of assembler directives only \s-1GAS\s0 understands.
6244 .Ip "\fB\-mschedule=\fR\fIcpu type\fR" 4
6245 .IX Item "-mschedule=cpu type"
6246 Schedule code according to the constraints for the machine type
6247 \&\fIcpu type\fR. The choices for \fIcpu type\fR are \fB700\fR
6248 \&\fB7100\fR, \fB7100LC\fR, \fB7200\fR, and \fB8000\fR. Refer to
6249 \&\fI/usr/lib/sched.models\fR on an \s-1HP-UX\s0 system to determine the
6250 proper scheduling option for your machine.
6251 .Ip "\fB\-mlinker-opt\fR" 4
6252 .IX Item "-mlinker-opt"
6253 Enable the optimization pass in the \s-1HPUX\s0 linker. Note this makes symbolic
6254 debugging impossible. It also triggers a bug in the \s-1HPUX\s0 8 and \s-1HPUX\s0 9 linkers
6255 in which they give bogus error messages when linking some programs.
6256 .Ip "\fB\-msoft-float\fR" 4
6257 .IX Item "-msoft-float"
6258 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
6259 \&\fBWarning:\fR the requisite libraries are not available for all \s-1HPPA\s0
6260 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
6261 used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
6262 your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
6263 cross-compilation. The embedded target \fBhppa1.1\-*\-pro\fR
6264 does provide software floating point support.
6266 \&\fB\-msoft-float\fR changes the calling convention in the output file;
6267 therefore, it is only useful if you compile \fIall\fR of a program with
6268 this option. In particular, you need to compile \fIlibgcc.a\fR, the
6269 library that comes with \s-1GCC\s0, with \fB\-msoft-float\fR in order for
6272 .I "Intel 960 Options"
6273 .IX Subsection "Intel 960 Options"
6275 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the Intel 960 implementations:
6276 .Ip "\fB\-m\fR\fIcpu type\fR" 4
6277 .IX Item "-mcpu type"
6278 Assume the defaults for the machine type \fIcpu type\fR for some of
6279 the other options, including instruction scheduling, floating point
6280 support, and addressing modes. The choices for \fIcpu type\fR are
6281 \&\fBka\fR, \fBkb\fR, \fBmc\fR, \fBca\fR, \fBcf\fR,
6282 \&\fBsa\fR, and \fBsb\fR.
6285 .Ip "\fB\-mnumerics\fR" 4
6286 .IX Item "-mnumerics"
6288 .Ip "\fB\-msoft-float\fR" 4
6289 .IX Item "-msoft-float"
6291 The \fB\-mnumerics\fR option indicates that the processor does support
6292 floating-point instructions. The \fB\-msoft-float\fR option indicates
6293 that floating-point support should not be assumed.
6294 .Ip "\fB\-mleaf-procedures\fR" 4
6295 .IX Item "-mleaf-procedures"
6297 .Ip "\fB\-mno-leaf-procedures\fR" 4
6298 .IX Item "-mno-leaf-procedures"
6300 Do (or do not) attempt to alter leaf procedures to be callable with the
6301 \&\f(CW\*(C`bal\*(C'\fR instruction as well as \f(CW\*(C`call\*(C'\fR. This will result in more
6302 efficient code for explicit calls when the \f(CW\*(C`bal\*(C'\fR instruction can be
6303 substituted by the assembler or linker, but less efficient code in other
6304 cases, such as calls via function pointers, or using a linker that doesn't
6305 support this optimization.
6306 .Ip "\fB\-mtail-call\fR" 4
6307 .IX Item "-mtail-call"
6309 .Ip "\fB\-mno-tail-call\fR" 4
6310 .IX Item "-mno-tail-call"
6312 Do (or do not) make additional attempts (beyond those of the
6313 machine-independent portions of the compiler) to optimize tail-recursive
6314 calls into branches. You may not want to do this because the detection of
6315 cases where this is not valid is not totally complete. The default is
6316 \&\fB\-mno-tail-call\fR.
6317 .Ip "\fB\-mcomplex-addr\fR" 4
6318 .IX Item "-mcomplex-addr"
6320 .Ip "\fB\-mno-complex-addr\fR" 4
6321 .IX Item "-mno-complex-addr"
6323 Assume (or do not assume) that the use of a complex addressing mode is a
6324 win on this implementation of the i960. Complex addressing modes may not
6325 be worthwhile on the K-series, but they definitely are on the C-series.
6326 The default is currently \fB\-mcomplex-addr\fR for all processors except
6327 the \s-1CB\s0 and \s-1CC\s0.
6328 .Ip "\fB\-mcode-align\fR" 4
6329 .IX Item "-mcode-align"
6331 .Ip "\fB\-mno-code-align\fR" 4
6332 .IX Item "-mno-code-align"
6334 Align code to 8\-byte boundaries for faster fetching (or don't bother).
6335 Currently turned on by default for C-series implementations only.
6336 .Ip "\fB\-mic-compat\fR" 4
6337 .IX Item "-mic-compat"
6339 .Ip "\fB\-mic2.0\-compat\fR" 4
6340 .IX Item "-mic2.0-compat"
6341 .Ip "\fB\-mic3.0\-compat\fR" 4
6342 .IX Item "-mic3.0-compat"
6344 Enable compatibility with iC960 v2.0 or v3.0.
6345 .Ip "\fB\-masm-compat\fR" 4
6346 .IX Item "-masm-compat"
6348 .Ip "\fB\-mintel-asm\fR" 4
6349 .IX Item "-mintel-asm"
6351 Enable compatibility with the iC960 assembler.
6352 .Ip "\fB\-mstrict-align\fR" 4
6353 .IX Item "-mstrict-align"
6355 .Ip "\fB\-mno-strict-align\fR" 4
6356 .IX Item "-mno-strict-align"
6358 Do not permit (do permit) unaligned accesses.
6359 .Ip "\fB\-mold-align\fR" 4
6360 .IX Item "-mold-align"
6361 Enable structure-alignment compatibility with Intel's gcc release version
6362 1.3 (based on gcc 1.37). This option implies \fB\-mstrict-align\fR.
6363 .Ip "\fB\-mlong-double-64\fR" 4
6364 .IX Item "-mlong-double-64"
6365 Implement type \fBlong double\fR as 64\-bit floating point numbers.
6366 Without the option \fBlong double\fR is implemented by 80\-bit
6367 floating point numbers. The only reason we have it because there is
6368 no 128\-bit \fBlong double\fR support in \fBfp-bit.c\fR yet. So it
6369 is only useful for people using soft-float targets. Otherwise, we
6370 should recommend against use of it.
6372 .I "\s-1DEC\s0 Alpha Options"
6373 .IX Subsection "DEC Alpha Options"
6375 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1DEC\s0 Alpha implementations:
6376 .Ip "\fB\-mno-soft-float\fR" 4
6377 .IX Item "-mno-soft-float"
6379 .Ip "\fB\-msoft-float\fR" 4
6380 .IX Item "-msoft-float"
6382 Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions for
6383 floating-point operations. When \fB\-msoft-float\fR is specified,
6384 functions in \fIlibgcc1.c\fR will be used to perform floating-point
6385 operations. Unless they are replaced by routines that emulate the
6386 floating-point operations, or compiled in such a way as to call such
6387 emulations routines, these routines will issue floating-point
6388 operations. If you are compiling for an Alpha without floating-point
6389 operations, you must ensure that the library is built so as not to call
6392 Note that Alpha implementations without floating-point operations are
6393 required to have floating-point registers.
6394 .Ip "\fB\-mfp-reg\fR" 4
6397 .Ip "\fB\-mno-fp-regs\fR" 4
6398 .IX Item "-mno-fp-regs"
6400 Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point register set.
6401 \&\fB\-mno-fp-regs\fR implies \fB\-msoft-float\fR. If the floating-point
6402 register set is not used, floating point operands are passed in integer
6403 registers as if they were integers and floating-point results are passed
6404 in \f(CW$0\fR instead of \f(CW$f0\fR. This is a non-standard calling sequence, so any
6405 function with a floating-point argument or return value called by code
6406 compiled with \fB\-mno-fp-regs\fR must also be compiled with that
6409 A typical use of this option is building a kernel that does not use,
6410 and hence need not save and restore, any floating-point registers.
6411 .Ip "\fB\-mieee\fR" 4
6413 The Alpha architecture implements floating-point hardware optimized for
6414 maximum performance. It is mostly compliant with the \s-1IEEE\s0 floating
6415 point standard. However, for full compliance, software assistance is
6416 required. This option generates code fully \s-1IEEE\s0 compliant code
6417 \&\fIexcept\fR that the \fIinexact flag\fR is not maintained (see below).
6418 If this option is turned on, the \s-1CPP\s0 macro \f(CW\*(C`_IEEE_FP\*(C'\fR is defined
6419 during compilation. The option is a shorthand for: \fB\-D_IEEE_FP
6420 \&\-mfp-trap-mode=su \-mtrap-precision=i \-mieee-conformant\fR. The resulting
6421 code is less efficient but is able to correctly support denormalized
6422 numbers and exceptional \s-1IEEE\s0 values such as not-a-number and plus/minus
6423 infinity. Other Alpha compilers call this option
6424 \&\fB\-ieee_with_no_inexact\fR.
6425 .Ip "\fB\-mieee-with-inexact\fR" 4
6426 .IX Item "-mieee-with-inexact"
6427 This is like \fB\-mieee\fR except the generated code also maintains the
6428 \&\s-1IEEE\s0 \fIinexact flag\fR. Turning on this option causes the generated
6429 code to implement fully-compliant \s-1IEEE\s0 math. The option is a shorthand
6430 for \fB\-D_IEEE_FP \-D_IEEE_FP_INEXACT\fR plus the three following:
6431 \&\fB\-mieee-conformant\fR,
6432 \&\fB\-mfp-trap-mode=sui\fR,
6433 and \fB\-mtrap-precision=i\fR.
6434 On some Alpha implementations the resulting code may execute
6435 significantly slower than the code generated by default. Since there
6436 is very little code that depends on the \fIinexact flag\fR, you should
6437 normally not specify this option. Other Alpha compilers call this
6438 option \fB\-ieee_with_inexact\fR.
6439 .Ip "\fB\-mfp-trap-mode=\fR\fItrap mode\fR" 4
6440 .IX Item "-mfp-trap-mode=trap mode"
6441 This option controls what floating-point related traps are enabled.
6442 Other Alpha compilers call this option \fB\-fptm\fR \fItrap mode\fR.
6443 The trap mode can be set to one of four values:
6447 This is the default (normal) setting. The only traps that are enabled
6448 are the ones that cannot be disabled in software (e.g., division by zero
6452 In addition to the traps enabled by \fBn\fR, underflow traps are enabled
6456 Like \fBsu\fR, but the instructions are marked to be safe for software
6457 completion (see Alpha architecture manual for details).
6460 Like \fBsu\fR, but inexact traps are enabled as well.
6464 .Ip "\fB\-mfp-rounding-mode=\fR\fIrounding mode\fR" 4
6465 .IX Item "-mfp-rounding-mode=rounding mode"
6466 Selects the \s-1IEEE\s0 rounding mode. Other Alpha compilers call this option
6467 \&\fB\-fprm\fR \fIrounding mode\fR. The \fIrounding mode\fR can be one
6472 Normal \s-1IEEE\s0 rounding mode. Floating point numbers are rounded towards
6473 the nearest machine number or towards the even machine number in case
6477 Round towards minus infinity.
6480 Chopped rounding mode. Floating point numbers are rounded towards zero.
6483 Dynamic rounding mode. A field in the floating point control register
6484 (\fIfpcr\fR, see Alpha architecture reference manual) controls the
6485 rounding mode in effect. The C library initializes this register for
6486 rounding towards plus infinity. Thus, unless your program modifies the
6487 \&\fIfpcr\fR, \fBd\fR corresponds to round towards plus infinity.
6491 .Ip "\fB\-mtrap-precision=\fR\fItrap precision\fR" 4
6492 .IX Item "-mtrap-precision=trap precision"
6493 In the Alpha architecture, floating point traps are imprecise. This
6494 means without software assistance it is impossible to recover from a
6495 floating trap and program execution normally needs to be terminated.
6496 \&\s-1GCC\s0 can generate code that can assist operating system trap handlers
6497 in determining the exact location that caused a floating point trap.
6498 Depending on the requirements of an application, different levels of
6499 precisions can be selected:
6503 Program precision. This option is the default and means a trap handler
6504 can only identify which program caused a floating point exception.
6507 Function precision. The trap handler can determine the function that
6508 caused a floating point exception.
6511 Instruction precision. The trap handler can determine the exact
6512 instruction that caused a floating point exception.
6516 Other Alpha compilers provide the equivalent options called
6517 \&\fB\-scope_safe\fR and \fB\-resumption_safe\fR.
6519 .Ip "\fB\-mieee-conformant\fR" 4
6520 .IX Item "-mieee-conformant"
6521 This option marks the generated code as \s-1IEEE\s0 conformant. You must not
6522 use this option unless you also specify \fB\-mtrap-precision=i\fR and either
6523 \&\fB\-mfp-trap-mode=su\fR or \fB\-mfp-trap-mode=sui\fR. Its only effect
6524 is to emit the line \fB.eflag 48\fR in the function prologue of the
6525 generated assembly file. Under \s-1DEC\s0 Unix, this has the effect that
6526 IEEE-conformant math library routines will be linked in.
6527 .Ip "\fB\-mbuild-constants\fR" 4
6528 .IX Item "-mbuild-constants"
6529 Normally \s-1GCC\s0 examines a 32\- or 64\-bit integer constant to
6530 see if it can construct it from smaller constants in two or three
6531 instructions. If it cannot, it will output the constant as a literal and
6532 generate code to load it from the data segment at runtime.
6534 Use this option to require \s-1GCC\s0 to construct \fIall\fR integer constants
6535 using code, even if it takes more instructions (the maximum is six).
6537 You would typically use this option to build a shared library dynamic
6538 loader. Itself a shared library, it must relocate itself in memory
6539 before it can find the variables and constants in its own data segment.
6540 .Ip "\fB\-malpha-as\fR" 4
6541 .IX Item "-malpha-as"
6543 .Ip "\fB\-mgas\fR" 4
6546 Select whether to generate code to be assembled by the vendor-supplied
6547 assembler (\fB\-malpha-as\fR) or by the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler \fB\-mgas\fR.
6548 .Ip "\fB\-mbwx\fR" 4
6551 .Ip "\fB\-mno-bwx\fR" 4
6553 .Ip "\fB\-mcix\fR" 4
6555 .Ip "\fB\-mno-cix\fR" 4
6557 .Ip "\fB\-mmax\fR" 4
6559 .Ip "\fB\-mno-max\fR" 4
6562 Indicate whether \s-1GCC\s0 should generate code to use the optional \s-1BWX\s0,
6563 \&\s-1CIX\s0, and \s-1MAX\s0 instruction sets. The default is to use the instruction sets
6564 supported by the \s-1CPU\s0 type specified via \fB\-mcpu=\fR option or that
6565 of the \s-1CPU\s0 on which \s-1GCC\s0 was built if none was specified.
6566 .Ip "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
6567 .IX Item "-mcpu=cpu_type"
6568 Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
6569 parameters for machine type \fIcpu_type\fR. You can specify either the
6570 \&\fB\s-1EV\s0\fR style name or the corresponding chip number. \s-1GCC\s0
6571 supports scheduling parameters for the \s-1EV4\s0 and \s-1EV5\s0 family of processors
6572 and will choose the default values for the instruction set from
6573 the processor you specify. If you do not specify a processor type,
6574 \&\s-1GCC\s0 will default to the processor on which the compiler was built.
6576 Supported values for \fIcpu_type\fR are
6584 Schedules as an \s-1EV4\s0 and has no instruction set extensions.
6591 Schedules as an \s-1EV5\s0 and has no instruction set extensions.
6595 .Ip "\fB21164a\fR" 4
6598 Schedules as an \s-1EV5\s0 and supports the \s-1BWX\s0 extension.
6602 .Ip "\fB21164pc\fR" 4
6604 .Ip "\fB21164PC\fR" 4
6607 Schedules as an \s-1EV5\s0 and supports the \s-1BWX\s0 and \s-1MAX\s0 extensions.
6614 Schedules as an \s-1EV5\s0 (until Digital releases the scheduling parameters
6615 for the \s-1EV6\s0) and supports the \s-1BWX\s0, \s-1CIX\s0, and \s-1MAX\s0 extensions.
6619 .Ip "\fB\-mmemory-latency=\fR\fItime\fR" 4
6620 .IX Item "-mmemory-latency=time"
6621 Sets the latency the scheduler should assume for typical memory
6622 references as seen by the application. This number is highly
6623 dependent on the memory access patterns used by the application
6624 and the size of the external cache on the machine.
6626 Valid options for \fItime\fR are
6628 .Ip "\fInumber\fR" 4
6630 A decimal number representing clock cycles.
6641 The compiler contains estimates of the number of clock cycles for
6642 ``typical'' \s-1EV4\s0 & \s-1EV5\s0 hardware for the Level 1, 2 & 3 caches
6643 (also called Dcache, Scache, and Bcache), as well as to main memory.
6644 Note that L3 is only valid for \s-1EV5\s0.
6649 .I "Clipper Options"
6650 .IX Subsection "Clipper Options"
6652 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the Clipper implementations:
6653 .Ip "\fB\-mc300\fR" 4
6655 Produce code for a C300 Clipper processor. This is the default.
6656 .Ip "\fB\-mc400\fR" 4
6658 Produce code for a C400 Clipper processor i.e. use floating point
6662 .IX Subsection "H8/300 Options"
6664 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the H8/300 implementations:
6665 .Ip "\fB\-mrelax\fR" 4
6667 Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the
6668 linker option \fB\-relax\fR.
6671 Generate code for the H8/300H.
6674 Generate code for the H8/S.
6675 .Ip "\fB\-ms2600\fR" 4
6677 Generate code for the H8/S2600. This switch must be used with \-ms.
6678 .Ip "\fB\-mint32\fR" 4
6680 Make \f(CW\*(C`int\*(C'\fR data 32 bits by default.
6681 .Ip "\fB\-malign-300\fR" 4
6682 .IX Item "-malign-300"
6683 On the H8/300H and H8/S, use the same alignment rules as for the H8/300.
6684 The default for the H8/300H and H8/S is to align longs and floats on 4
6686 \&\fB\-malign-300\fR causes them to be aligned on 2 byte boundaries.
6687 This option has no effect on the H8/300.
6689 .I "\s-1SH\s0 Options"
6690 .IX Subsection "SH Options"
6692 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for the \s-1SH\s0 implementations:
6695 Generate code for the \s-1SH1\s0.
6698 Generate code for the \s-1SH2\s0.
6701 Generate code for the \s-1SH3\s0.
6704 Generate code for the SH3e.
6705 .Ip "\fB\-m4\-nofpu\fR" 4
6706 .IX Item "-m4-nofpu"
6707 Generate code for the \s-1SH4\s0 without a floating-point unit.
6708 .Ip "\fB\-m4\-single-only\fR" 4
6709 .IX Item "-m4-single-only"
6710 Generate code for the \s-1SH4\s0 with a floating-point unit that only
6711 supports single-precision arithmentic.
6712 .Ip "\fB\-m4\-single\fR" 4
6713 .IX Item "-m4-single"
6714 Generate code for the \s-1SH4\s0 assuming the floating-point unit is in
6715 single-precision mode by default.
6718 Generate code for the \s-1SH4\s0.
6721 Compile code for the processor in big endian mode.
6724 Compile code for the processor in little endian mode.
6725 .Ip "\fB\-mdalign\fR" 4
6727 Align doubles at 64 bit boundaries. Note that this changes the calling
6728 conventions, and thus some functions from the standard C library will
6729 not work unless you recompile it first with \-mdalign.
6730 .Ip "\fB\-mrelax\fR" 4
6732 Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the
6733 linker option \fB\-relax\fR.
6734 .Ip "\fB\-mbigtable\fR" 4
6735 .IX Item "-mbigtable"
6736 Use 32\-bit offsets in \f(CW\*(C`switch\*(C'\fR tables. The default is to use
6738 .Ip "\fB\-mfmovd\fR" 4
6740 Enable the use of the instruction \f(CW\*(C`fmovd\*(C'\fR.
6741 .Ip "\fB\-mhitachi\fR" 4
6742 .IX Item "-mhitachi"
6743 Comply with the calling conventions defined by Hitachi.
6744 .Ip "\fB\-mnomacsave\fR" 4
6745 .IX Item "-mnomacsave"
6746 Mark the \f(CW\*(C`MAC\*(C'\fR register as call-clobbered, even if
6747 \&\fB\-mhitachi\fR is given.
6748 .Ip "\fB\-misize\fR" 4
6750 Dump instruction size and location in the assembly code.
6751 .Ip "\fB\-mpadstruct\fR" 4
6752 .IX Item "-mpadstruct"
6753 This option is deprecated. It pads structures to multiple of 4 bytes,
6754 which is incompatible with the \s-1SH\s0 \s-1ABI\s0.
6755 .Ip "\fB\-mspace\fR" 4
6757 Optimize for space instead of speed. Implied by \fB\-Os\fR.
6758 .Ip "\fB\-mprefergot\fR" 4
6759 .IX Item "-mprefergot"
6760 When generating position-independent code, emit function calls using
6761 the Global Offset Table instead of the Procedure Linkage Table.
6762 .Ip "\fB\-musermode\fR" 4
6763 .IX Item "-musermode"
6764 Generate a library function call to invalidate instruction cache
6765 entries, after fixing up a trampoline. This library function call
6766 doesn't assume it can write to the whole memory address space. This
6767 is the default when the target is \f(CW\*(C`sh\-*\-linux*\*(C'\fR.
6769 .I "Options for System V"
6770 .IX Subsection "Options for System V"
6772 These additional options are available on System V Release 4 for
6773 compatibility with other compilers on those systems:
6776 Create a shared object.
6777 It is recommended that \fB\-symbolic\fR or \fB\-shared\fR be used instead.
6780 Identify the versions of each tool used by the compiler, in a
6781 \&\f(CW\*(C`.ident\*(C'\fR assembler directive in the output.
6784 Refrain from adding \f(CW\*(C`.ident\*(C'\fR directives to the output file (this is
6786 .Ip "\fB\-YP,\fR\fIdirs\fR" 4
6788 Search the directories \fIdirs\fR, and no others, for libraries
6789 specified with \fB\-l\fR.
6790 .Ip "\fB\-Ym,\fR\fIdir\fR" 4
6792 Look in the directory \fIdir\fR to find the M4 preprocessor.
6793 The assembler uses this option.
6795 .I "TMS320C3x/C4x Options"
6796 .IX Subsection "TMS320C3x/C4x Options"
6798 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for TMS320C3x/C4x implementations:
6799 .Ip "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu_type\fR" 4
6800 .IX Item "-mcpu=cpu_type"
6801 Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
6802 parameters for machine type \fIcpu_type\fR. Supported values for
6803 \&\fIcpu_type\fR are \fBc30\fR, \fBc31\fR, \fBc32\fR, \fBc40\fR, and
6804 \&\fBc44\fR. The default is \fBc40\fR to generate code for the
6806 .Ip "\fB\-mbig-memory\fR" 4
6807 .IX Item "-mbig-memory"
6809 .Ip "\fB\-mbig\fR" 4
6811 .Ip "\fB\-msmall-memory\fR" 4
6812 .IX Item "-msmall-memory"
6813 .Ip "\fB\-msmall\fR" 4
6816 Generates code for the big or small memory model. The small memory
6817 model assumed that all data fits into one 64K word page. At run-time
6818 the data page (\s-1DP\s0) register must be set to point to the 64K page
6819 containing the .bss and .data program sections. The big memory model is
6820 the default and requires reloading of the \s-1DP\s0 register for every direct
6825 .Ip "\fB\-mno-bk\fR" 4
6828 Allow (disallow) allocation of general integer operands into the block
6829 count register \s-1BK\s0.
6833 .Ip "\fB\-mno-db\fR" 4
6836 Enable (disable) generation of code using decrement and branch,
6837 \&\fIDBcond\fR\|(D), instructions. This is enabled by default for the C4x. To be
6838 on the safe side, this is disabled for the C3x, since the maximum
6839 iteration count on the C3x is 2^23 + 1 (but who iterates loops more than
6840 2^23 times on the C3x?). Note that \s-1GCC\s0 will try to reverse a loop so
6841 that it can utilise the decrement and branch instruction, but will give
6842 up if there is more than one memory reference in the loop. Thus a loop
6843 where the loop counter is decremented can generate slightly more
6844 efficient code, in cases where the \s-1RPTB\s0 instruction cannot be utilised.
6845 .Ip "\fB\-mdp-isr-reload\fR" 4
6846 .IX Item "-mdp-isr-reload"
6848 .Ip "\fB\-mparanoid\fR" 4
6849 .IX Item "-mparanoid"
6851 Force the \s-1DP\s0 register to be saved on entry to an interrupt service
6852 routine (\s-1ISR\s0), reloaded to point to the data section, and restored on
6853 exit from the \s-1ISR\s0. This should not be required unless someone has
6854 violated the small memory model by modifying the \s-1DP\s0 register, say within
6856 .Ip "\fB\-mmpyi\fR" 4
6859 .Ip "\fB\-mno-mpyi\fR" 4
6860 .IX Item "-mno-mpyi"
6862 For the C3x use the 24\-bit \s-1MPYI\s0 instruction for integer multiplies
6863 instead of a library call to guarantee 32\-bit results. Note that if one
6864 of the operands is a constant, then the multiplication will be performed
6865 using shifts and adds. If the \-mmpyi option is not specified for the C3x,
6866 then squaring operations are performed inline instead of a library call.
6867 .Ip "\fB\-mfast-fix\fR" 4
6868 .IX Item "-mfast-fix"
6870 .Ip "\fB\-mno-fast-fix\fR" 4
6871 .IX Item "-mno-fast-fix"
6873 The C3x/C4x \s-1FIX\s0 instruction to convert a floating point value to an
6874 integer value chooses the nearest integer less than or equal to the
6875 floating point value rather than to the nearest integer. Thus if the
6876 floating point number is negative, the result will be incorrectly
6877 truncated an additional code is necessary to detect and correct this
6878 case. This option can be used to disable generation of the additional
6879 code required to correct the result.
6880 .Ip "\fB\-mrptb\fR" 4
6883 .Ip "\fB\-mno-rptb\fR" 4
6884 .IX Item "-mno-rptb"
6886 Enable (disable) generation of repeat block sequences using the \s-1RPTB\s0
6887 instruction for zero overhead looping. The \s-1RPTB\s0 construct is only used
6888 for innermost loops that do not call functions or jump across the loop
6889 boundaries. There is no advantage having nested \s-1RPTB\s0 loops due to the
6890 overhead required to save and restore the \s-1RC\s0, \s-1RS\s0, and \s-1RE\s0 registers.
6891 This is enabled by default with \-O2.
6892 .Ip "\fB\-mrpts=\fR\fIcount\fR" 4
6893 .IX Item "-mrpts=count"
6895 .Ip "\fB\-mno-rpts\fR" 4
6896 .IX Item "-mno-rpts"
6898 Enable (disable) the use of the single instruction repeat instruction
6899 \&\s-1RPTS\s0. If a repeat block contains a single instruction, and the loop
6900 count can be guaranteed to be less than the value \fIcount\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 will
6901 emit a \s-1RPTS\s0 instruction instead of a \s-1RPTB\s0. If no value is specified,
6902 then a \s-1RPTS\s0 will be emitted even if the loop count cannot be determined
6903 at compile time. Note that the repeated instruction following \s-1RPTS\s0 does
6904 not have to be reloaded from memory each iteration, thus freeing up the
6905 \&\s-1CPU\s0 buses for operands. However, since interrupts are blocked by this
6906 instruction, it is disabled by default.
6907 .Ip "\fB\-mloop-unsigned\fR" 4
6908 .IX Item "-mloop-unsigned"
6910 .Ip "\fB\-mno-loop-unsigned\fR" 4
6911 .IX Item "-mno-loop-unsigned"
6913 The maximum iteration count when using \s-1RPTS\s0 and \s-1RPTB\s0 (and \s-1DB\s0 on the C40)
6914 is 2^31 + 1 since these instructions test if the iteration count is
6915 negative to terminate the loop. If the iteration count is unsigned
6916 there is a possibility than the 2^31 + 1 maximum iteration count may be
6917 exceeded. This switch allows an unsigned iteration count.
6920 Try to emit an assembler syntax that the \s-1TI\s0 assembler (asm30) is happy
6921 with. This also enforces compatibility with the \s-1API\s0 employed by the \s-1TI\s0
6922 C3x C compiler. For example, long doubles are passed as structures
6923 rather than in floating point registers.
6924 .Ip "\fB\-mregparm\fR" 4
6925 .IX Item "-mregparm"
6927 .Ip "\fB\-mmemparm\fR" 4
6928 .IX Item "-mmemparm"
6930 Generate code that uses registers (stack) for passing arguments to functions.
6931 By default, arguments are passed in registers where possible rather
6932 than by pushing arguments on to the stack.
6933 .Ip "\fB\-mparallel-insns\fR" 4
6934 .IX Item "-mparallel-insns"
6936 .Ip "\fB\-mno-parallel-insns\fR" 4
6937 .IX Item "-mno-parallel-insns"
6939 Allow the generation of parallel instructions. This is enabled by
6941 .Ip "\fB\-mparallel-mpy\fR" 4
6942 .IX Item "-mparallel-mpy"
6944 .Ip "\fB\-mno-parallel-mpy\fR" 4
6945 .IX Item "-mno-parallel-mpy"
6947 Allow the generation of MPY||ADD and MPY||SUB parallel instructions,
6948 provided \-mparallel-insns is also specified. These instructions have
6949 tight register constraints which can pessimize the code generation
6953 .IX Subsection "V850 Options"
6955 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for V850 implementations:
6956 .Ip "\fB\-mlong-calls\fR" 4
6957 .IX Item "-mlong-calls"
6959 .Ip "\fB\-mno-long-calls\fR" 4
6960 .IX Item "-mno-long-calls"
6962 Treat all calls as being far away (near). If calls are assumed to be
6963 far away, the compiler will always load the functions address up into a
6964 register, and call indirect through the pointer.
6965 .Ip "\fB\-mno-ep\fR" 4
6971 Do not optimize (do optimize) basic blocks that use the same index
6972 pointer 4 or more times to copy pointer into the \f(CW\*(C`ep\*(C'\fR register, and
6973 use the shorter \f(CW\*(C`sld\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sst\*(C'\fR instructions. The \fB\-mep\fR
6974 option is on by default if you optimize.
6975 .Ip "\fB\-mno-prolog-function\fR" 4
6976 .IX Item "-mno-prolog-function"
6978 .Ip "\fB\-mprolog-function\fR" 4
6979 .IX Item "-mprolog-function"
6981 Do not use (do use) external functions to save and restore registers at
6982 the prolog and epilog of a function. The external functions are slower,
6983 but use less code space if more than one function saves the same number
6984 of registers. The \fB\-mprolog-function\fR option is on by default if
6986 .Ip "\fB\-mspace\fR" 4
6988 Try to make the code as small as possible. At present, this just turns
6989 on the \fB\-mep\fR and \fB\-mprolog-function\fR options.
6990 .Ip "\fB\-mtda=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
6992 Put static or global variables whose size is \fIn\fR bytes or less into
6993 the tiny data area that register \f(CW\*(C`ep\*(C'\fR points to. The tiny data
6994 area can hold up to 256 bytes in total (128 bytes for byte references).
6995 .Ip "\fB\-msda=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
6997 Put static or global variables whose size is \fIn\fR bytes or less into
6998 the small data area that register \f(CW\*(C`gp\*(C'\fR points to. The small data
6999 area can hold up to 64 kilobytes.
7000 .Ip "\fB\-mzda=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
7002 Put static or global variables whose size is \fIn\fR bytes or less into
7003 the first 32 kilobytes of memory.
7004 .Ip "\fB\-mv850\fR" 4
7006 Specify that the target processor is the V850.
7007 .Ip "\fB\-mbig-switch\fR" 4
7008 .IX Item "-mbig-switch"
7009 Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if
7010 the assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within a switch
7013 .I "\s-1ARC\s0 Options"
7014 .IX Subsection "ARC Options"
7016 These options are defined for \s-1ARC\s0 implementations:
7019 Compile code for little endian mode. This is the default.
7022 Compile code for big endian mode.
7023 .Ip "\fB\-mmangle-cpu\fR" 4
7024 .IX Item "-mmangle-cpu"
7025 Prepend the name of the cpu to all public symbol names.
7026 In multiple-processor systems, there are many \s-1ARC\s0 variants with different
7027 instruction and register set characteristics. This flag prevents code
7028 compiled for one cpu to be linked with code compiled for another.
7029 No facility exists for handling variants that are \*(L"almost identical\*(R".
7030 This is an all or nothing option.
7031 .Ip "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR" 4
7032 .IX Item "-mcpu=cpu"
7033 Compile code for \s-1ARC\s0 variant \fIcpu\fR.
7034 Which variants are supported depend on the configuration.
7035 All variants support \fB\-mcpu=base\fR, this is the default.
7036 .Ip "\fB\-mtext=\fR\fItext section\fR" 4
7037 .IX Item "-mtext=text section"
7039 .Ip "\fB\-mdata=\fR\fIdata section\fR" 4
7040 .IX Item "-mdata=data section"
7041 .Ip "\fB\-mrodata=\fR\fIreadonly data section\fR" 4
7042 .IX Item "-mrodata=readonly data section"
7044 Put functions, data, and readonly data in \fItext section\fR,
7045 \&\fIdata section\fR, and \fIreadonly data section\fR respectively
7046 by default. This can be overridden with the \f(CW\*(C`section\*(C'\fR attribute.
7048 .I "\s-1NS32K\s0 Options"
7049 .IX Subsection "NS32K Options"
7051 These are the \fB\-m\fR options defined for the 32000 series. The default
7052 values for these options depends on which style of 32000 was selected when
7053 the compiler was configured; the defaults for the most common choices are
7055 .Ip "\fB\-m32032\fR" 4
7058 .Ip "\fB\-m32032\fR" 4
7061 Generate output for a 32032. This is the default
7062 when the compiler is configured for 32032 and 32016 based systems.
7063 .Ip "\fB\-m32332\fR" 4
7066 .Ip "\fB\-m32332\fR" 4
7069 Generate output for a 32332. This is the default
7070 when the compiler is configured for 32332\-based systems.
7071 .Ip "\fB\-m32532\fR" 4
7074 .Ip "\fB\-m32532\fR" 4
7077 Generate output for a 32532. This is the default
7078 when the compiler is configured for 32532\-based systems.
7079 .Ip "\fB\-m32081\fR" 4
7081 Generate output containing 32081 instructions for floating point.
7082 This is the default for all systems.
7083 .Ip "\fB\-m32381\fR" 4
7085 Generate output containing 32381 instructions for floating point. This
7086 also implies \fB\-m32081\fR. The 32381 is only compatible with the 32332
7087 and 32532 cpus. This is the default for the pc532\-netbsd configuration.
7088 .Ip "\fB\-mmulti-add\fR" 4
7089 .IX Item "-mmulti-add"
7090 Try and generate multiply-add floating point instructions \f(CW\*(C`polyF\*(C'\fR
7091 and \f(CW\*(C`dotF\*(C'\fR. This option is only available if the \fB\-m32381\fR
7092 option is in effect. Using these instructions requires changes to to
7093 register allocation which generally has a negative impact on
7094 performance. This option should only be enabled when compiling code
7095 particularly likely to make heavy use of multiply-add instructions.
7096 .Ip "\fB\-mnomulti-add\fR" 4
7097 .IX Item "-mnomulti-add"
7098 Do not try and generate multiply-add floating point instructions
7099 \&\f(CW\*(C`polyF\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`dotF\*(C'\fR. This is the default on all platforms.
7100 .Ip "\fB\-msoft-float\fR" 4
7101 .IX Item "-msoft-float"
7102 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
7103 \&\fBWarning:\fR the requisite libraries may not be available.
7104 .Ip "\fB\-mnobitfield\fR" 4
7105 .IX Item "-mnobitfield"
7106 Do not use the bit-field instructions. On some machines it is faster to
7107 use shifting and masking operations. This is the default for the pc532.
7108 .Ip "\fB\-mbitfield\fR" 4
7109 .IX Item "-mbitfield"
7110 Do use the bit-field instructions. This is the default for all platforms
7112 .Ip "\fB\-mrtd\fR" 4
7114 Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions
7115 that take a fixed number of arguments return pop their
7116 arguments on return with the \f(CW\*(C`ret\*(C'\fR instruction.
7118 This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally
7119 used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries
7120 compiled with the Unix compiler.
7122 Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
7123 take variable numbers of arguments (including \f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C'\fR);
7124 otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
7127 In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
7128 function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
7129 harmlessly ignored.)
7131 This option takes its name from the 680x0 \f(CW\*(C`rtd\*(C'\fR instruction.
7132 .Ip "\fB\-mregparam\fR" 4
7133 .IX Item "-mregparam"
7134 Use a different function-calling convention where the first two arguments
7135 are passed in registers.
7137 This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally
7138 used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries
7139 compiled with the Unix compiler.
7140 .Ip "\fB\-mnoregparam\fR" 4
7141 .IX Item "-mnoregparam"
7142 Do not pass any arguments in registers. This is the default for all
7146 It is \s-1OK\s0 to use the sb as an index register which is always loaded with
7147 zero. This is the default for the pc532\-netbsd target.
7148 .Ip "\fB\-mnosb\fR" 4
7150 The sb register is not available for use or has not been initialized to
7151 zero by the run time system. This is the default for all targets except
7152 the pc532\-netbsd. It is also implied whenever \fB\-mhimem\fR or
7153 \&\fB\-fpic\fR is set.
7154 .Ip "\fB\-mhimem\fR" 4
7156 Many ns32000 series addressing modes use displacements of up to 512MB.
7157 If an address is above 512MB then displacements from zero can not be used.
7158 This option causes code to be generated which can be loaded above 512MB.
7159 This may be useful for operating systems or \s-1ROM\s0 code.
7160 .Ip "\fB\-mnohimem\fR" 4
7161 .IX Item "-mnohimem"
7162 Assume code will be loaded in the first 512MB of virtual address space.
7163 This is the default for all platforms.
7165 .I "\s-1AVR\s0 Options"
7166 .IX Subsection "AVR Options"
7168 These options are defined for \s-1AVR\s0 implementations:
7169 .Ip "\fB\-mmcu=\fR\fImcu\fR" 4
7170 .IX Item "-mmcu=mcu"
7171 Specify \s-1ATMEL\s0 \s-1AVR\s0 instruction set or \s-1MCU\s0 type.
7173 Instruction set avr1 is for the minimal \s-1AVR\s0 core, not supported by the C
7174 compiler, only for assembler programs (\s-1MCU\s0 types: at90s1200, attiny10,
7175 attiny11, attiny12, attiny15, attiny28).
7177 Instruction set avr2 (default) is for the classic \s-1AVR\s0 core with up to
7178 8K program memory space (\s-1MCU\s0 types: at90s2313, at90s2323, attiny22,
7179 at90s2333, at90s2343, at90s4414, at90s4433, at90s4434, at90s8515,
7180 at90c8534, at90s8535).
7182 Instruction set avr3 is for the classic \s-1AVR\s0 core with up to 128K program
7183 memory space (\s-1MCU\s0 types: atmega103, atmega603).
7185 Instruction set avr4 is for the enhanced \s-1AVR\s0 core with up to 8K program
7186 memory space (\s-1MCU\s0 types: atmega83, atmega85).
7188 Instruction set avr5 is for the enhanced \s-1AVR\s0 core with up to 128K program
7189 memory space (\s-1MCU\s0 types: atmega161, atmega163, atmega32, at94k).
7190 .Ip "\fB\-msize\fR" 4
7192 Output instruction sizes to the asm file.
7193 .Ip "\fB\-minit-stack=\fR\fIN\fR" 4
7194 .IX Item "-minit-stack=N"
7195 Specify the initial stack address, which may be a symbol or numeric value,
7196 _\|_stack is the default.
7197 .Ip "\fB\-mno-interrupts\fR" 4
7198 .IX Item "-mno-interrupts"
7199 Generated code is not compatible with hardware interrupts.
7200 Code size will be smaller.
7201 .Ip "\fB\-mcall-prologues\fR" 4
7202 .IX Item "-mcall-prologues"
7203 Functions prologues/epilogues expanded as call to appropriate
7204 subroutines. Code size will be smaller.
7205 .Ip "\fB\-mno-tablejump\fR" 4
7206 .IX Item "-mno-tablejump"
7207 Do not generate tablejump insns which sometimes increase code size.
7208 .Ip "\fB\-mtiny-stack\fR" 4
7209 .IX Item "-mtiny-stack"
7210 Change only the low 8 bits of the stack pointer.
7213 .IX Subsection "MCore Options"
7215 These are the \fB\-m\fR options defined for the Motorola M*Core
7217 .Ip "\fB\-mhardlit\fR" 4
7218 .IX Item "-mhardlit"
7220 .Ip "\fB\-mhardlit\fR" 4
7221 .IX Item "-mhardlit"
7222 .Ip "\fB\-mno-hardlit\fR" 4
7223 .IX Item "-mno-hardlit"
7225 Inline constants into the code stream if it can be done in two
7226 instructions or less.
7227 .Ip "\fB\-mdiv\fR" 4
7230 .Ip "\fB\-mdiv\fR" 4
7232 .Ip "\fB\-mno-div\fR" 4
7235 Use the divide instruction. (Enabled by default).
7236 .Ip "\fB\-mrelax-immediate\fR" 4
7237 .IX Item "-mrelax-immediate"
7239 .Ip "\fB\-mrelax-immediate\fR" 4
7240 .IX Item "-mrelax-immediate"
7241 .Ip "\fB\-mno-relax-immediate\fR" 4
7242 .IX Item "-mno-relax-immediate"
7244 Allow arbitrary sized immediates in bit operations.
7245 .Ip "\fB\-mwide-bitfields\fR" 4
7246 .IX Item "-mwide-bitfields"
7248 .Ip "\fB\-mwide-bitfields\fR" 4
7249 .IX Item "-mwide-bitfields"
7250 .Ip "\fB\-mno-wide-bitfields\fR" 4
7251 .IX Item "-mno-wide-bitfields"
7253 Always treat bitfields as int-sized.
7254 .Ip "\fB\-m4byte-functions\fR" 4
7255 .IX Item "-m4byte-functions"
7257 .Ip "\fB\-m4byte-functions\fR" 4
7258 .IX Item "-m4byte-functions"
7259 .Ip "\fB\-mno-4byte-functions\fR" 4
7260 .IX Item "-mno-4byte-functions"
7262 Force all functions to be aligned to a four byte boundary.
7263 .Ip "\fB\-mcallgraph-data\fR" 4
7264 .IX Item "-mcallgraph-data"
7266 .Ip "\fB\-mcallgraph-data\fR" 4
7267 .IX Item "-mcallgraph-data"
7268 .Ip "\fB\-mno-callgraph-data\fR" 4
7269 .IX Item "-mno-callgraph-data"
7271 Emit callgraph information.
7272 .Ip "\fB\-mslow-bytes\fR" 4
7273 .IX Item "-mslow-bytes"
7275 .Ip "\fB\-mslow-bytes\fR" 4
7276 .IX Item "-mslow-bytes"
7277 .Ip "\fB\-mno-slow-bytes\fR" 4
7278 .IX Item "-mno-slow-bytes"
7280 Prefer word access when reading byte quantities.
7281 .Ip "\fB\-mlittle-endian\fR" 4
7282 .IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
7284 .Ip "\fB\-mlittle-endian\fR" 4
7285 .IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
7286 .Ip "\fB\-mbig-endian\fR" 4
7287 .IX Item "-mbig-endian"
7289 Generate code for a little endian target.
7290 .Ip "\fB\-m210\fR" 4
7293 .Ip "\fB\-m210\fR" 4
7295 .Ip "\fB\-m340\fR" 4
7298 Generate code for the 210 processor.
7300 .I "\s-1IA-64\s0 Options"
7301 .IX Subsection "IA-64 Options"
7303 These are the \fB\-m\fR options defined for the Intel \s-1IA-64\s0 architecture.
7304 .Ip "\fB\-mbig-endian\fR" 4
7305 .IX Item "-mbig-endian"
7306 Generate code for a big endian target. This is the default for \s-1HPUX\s0.
7307 .Ip "\fB\-mlittle-endian\fR" 4
7308 .IX Item "-mlittle-endian"
7309 Generate code for a little endian target. This is the default for \s-1AIX5\s0
7311 .Ip "\fB\-mgnu-as\fR" 4
7314 .Ip "\fB\-mno-gnu-as\fR" 4
7315 .IX Item "-mno-gnu-as"
7317 Generate (or don't) code for the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler. This is the default.
7318 .Ip "\fB\-mgnu-ld\fR" 4
7321 .Ip "\fB\-mno-gnu-ld\fR" 4
7322 .IX Item "-mno-gnu-ld"
7324 Generate (or don't) code for the \s-1GNU\s0 linker. This is the default.
7325 .Ip "\fB\-mno-pic\fR" 4
7327 Generate code that does not use a global pointer register. The result
7328 is not position independent code, and violates the \s-1IA-64\s0 \s-1ABI\s0.
7329 .Ip "\fB\-mvolatile-asm-stop\fR" 4
7330 .IX Item "-mvolatile-asm-stop"
7332 .Ip "\fB\-mno-volatile-asm-stop\fR" 4
7333 .IX Item "-mno-volatile-asm-stop"
7335 Generate (or don't) a stop bit immediately before and after volatile asm
7337 .Ip "\fB\-mb-step\fR" 4
7339 Generate code that works around Itanium B step errata.
7340 .Ip "\fB\-mregister-names\fR" 4
7341 .IX Item "-mregister-names"
7343 .Ip "\fB\-mno-register-names\fR" 4
7344 .IX Item "-mno-register-names"
7346 Generate (or don't) \fBin\fR, \fBloc\fR, and \fBout\fR register names for
7347 the stacked registers. This may make assembler output more readable.
7348 .Ip "\fB\-mno-sdata\fR" 4
7349 .IX Item "-mno-sdata"
7351 .Ip "\fB\-msdata\fR" 4
7354 Disable (or enable) optimizations that use the small data section. This may
7355 be useful for working around optimizer bugs.
7356 .Ip "\fB\-mconstant-gp\fR" 4
7357 .IX Item "-mconstant-gp"
7358 Generate code that uses a single constant global pointer value. This is
7359 useful when compiling kernel code.
7360 .Ip "\fB\-mauto-pic\fR" 4
7361 .IX Item "-mauto-pic"
7362 Generate code that is self-relocatable. This implies \fB\-mconstant-gp\fR.
7363 This is useful when compiling firmware code.
7364 .Ip "\fB\-minline-divide-min-latency\fR" 4
7365 .IX Item "-minline-divide-min-latency"
7366 Generate code for inline divides using the minimum latency algorithm.
7367 .Ip "\fB\-minline-divide-max-throughput\fR" 4
7368 .IX Item "-minline-divide-max-throughput"
7369 Generate code for inline divides using the maximum throughput algorithm.
7370 .Ip "\fB\-mno-dwarf2\-asm\fR" 4
7371 .IX Item "-mno-dwarf2-asm"
7373 .Ip "\fB\-mdwarf2\-asm\fR" 4
7374 .IX Item "-mdwarf2-asm"
7376 Don't (or do) generate assembler code for the \s-1DWARF2\s0 line number debugging
7377 info. This may be useful when not using the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler.
7378 .Ip "\fB\-mfixed-range=\fR\fIregister range\fR" 4
7379 .IX Item "-mfixed-range=register range"
7380 Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
7381 A fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use. This is
7382 useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as
7383 two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be
7384 specified separated by a comma.
7387 .IX Subsection "D30V Options"
7389 These \fB\-m\fR options are defined for D30V implementations:
7390 .Ip "\fB\-mextmem\fR" 4
7392 Link the \fB.text\fR, \fB.data\fR, \fB.bss\fR, \fB.strings\fR,
7393 \&\fB.rodata\fR, \fB.rodata1\fR, \fB.data1\fR sections into external
7394 memory, which starts at location \f(CW\*(C`0x80000000\*(C'\fR.
7395 .Ip "\fB\-mextmemory\fR" 4
7396 .IX Item "-mextmemory"
7397 Same as the \fB\-mextmem\fR switch.
7398 .Ip "\fB\-monchip\fR" 4
7400 Link the \fB.text\fR section into onchip text memory, which starts at
7401 location \f(CW\*(C`0x0\*(C'\fR. Also link \fB.data\fR, \fB.bss\fR,
7402 \&\fB.strings\fR, \fB.rodata\fR, \fB.rodata1\fR, \fB.data1\fR sections
7403 into onchip data memory, which starts at location \f(CW\*(C`0x20000000\*(C'\fR.
7404 .Ip "\fB\-mno-asm-optimize\fR" 4
7405 .IX Item "-mno-asm-optimize"
7407 .Ip "\fB\-masm-optimize\fR" 4
7408 .IX Item "-masm-optimize"
7410 Disable (enable) passing \fB\-O\fR to the assembler when optimizing.
7411 The assembler uses the \fB\-O\fR option to automatically parallelize
7412 adjacent short instructions where possible.
7413 .Ip "\fB\-mbranch-cost=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
7414 .IX Item "-mbranch-cost=n"
7415 Increase the internal costs of branches to \fIn\fR. Higher costs means
7416 that the compiler will issue more instructions to avoid doing a branch.
7418 .Ip "\fB\-mcond-exec=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
7419 .IX Item "-mcond-exec=n"
7420 Specify the maximum number of conditionally executed instructions that
7421 replace a branch. The default is 4.
7422 .Sh "Options for Code Generation Conventions"
7423 .IX Subsection "Options for Code Generation Conventions"
7424 These machine-independent options control the interface conventions
7425 used in code generation.
7427 Most of them have both positive and negative forms; the negative form
7428 of \fB\-ffoo\fR would be \fB\-fno-foo\fR. In the table below, only
7429 one of the forms is listed\-\-\-the one which is not the default. You
7430 can figure out the other form by either removing \fBno-\fR or adding
7432 .Ip "\fB\-fexceptions\fR" 4
7433 .IX Item "-fexceptions"
7434 Enable exception handling. Generates extra code needed to propagate
7435 exceptions. For some targets, this implies \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CC\s0 will generate frame
7436 unwind information for all functions, which can produce significant data
7437 size overhead, although it does not affect execution. If you do not
7438 specify this option, \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CC\s0 will enable it by default for languages like
7439 \&\*(C+ which normally require exception handling, and disable itfor
7440 languages like C that do not normally require it. However, you may need
7441 to enable this option when compiling C code that needs to interoperate
7442 properly with exception handlers written in \*(C+. You may also wish to
7443 disable this option if you are compiling older \*(C+ programs that don't
7444 use exception handling.
7445 .Ip "\fB\-funwind-tables\fR" 4
7446 .IX Item "-funwind-tables"
7447 Similar to \fB\-fexceptions\fR, except that it will just generate any needed
7448 static data, but will not affect the generated code in any other way.
7449 You will normally not enable this option; instead, a language processor
7450 that needs this handling would enable it on your behalf.
7451 .Ip "\fB\-fpcc-struct-return\fR" 4
7452 .IX Item "-fpcc-struct-return"
7453 Return ``short'' \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`union\*(C'\fR values in memory like
7454 longer ones, rather than in registers. This convention is less
7455 efficient, but it has the advantage of allowing intercallability between
7456 GCC-compiled files and files compiled with other compilers.
7458 The precise convention for returning structures in memory depends
7459 on the target configuration macros.
7461 Short structures and unions are those whose size and alignment match
7462 that of some integer type.
7463 .Ip "\fB\-freg-struct-return\fR" 4
7464 .IX Item "-freg-struct-return"
7465 Use the convention that \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`union\*(C'\fR values are
7466 returned in registers when possible. This is more efficient for small
7467 structures than \fB\-fpcc-struct-return\fR.
7469 If you specify neither \fB\-fpcc-struct-return\fR nor its contrary
7470 \&\fB\-freg-struct-return\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 defaults to whichever convention is
7471 standard for the target. If there is no standard convention, \s-1GCC\s0
7472 defaults to \fB\-fpcc-struct-return\fR, except on targets where \s-1GCC\s0
7473 is the principal compiler. In those cases, we can choose the standard,
7474 and we chose the more efficient register return alternative.
7475 .Ip "\fB\-fshort-enums\fR" 4
7476 .IX Item "-fshort-enums"
7477 Allocate to an \f(CW\*(C`enum\*(C'\fR type only as many bytes as it needs for the
7478 declared range of possible values. Specifically, the \f(CW\*(C`enum\*(C'\fR type
7479 will be equivalent to the smallest integer type which has enough room.
7480 .Ip "\fB\-fshort-double\fR" 4
7481 .IX Item "-fshort-double"
7482 Use the same size for \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR as for \f(CW\*(C`float\*(C'\fR.
7483 .Ip "\fB\-fshared-data\fR" 4
7484 .IX Item "-fshared-data"
7485 Requests that the data and non-\f(CW\*(C`const\*(C'\fR variables of this
7486 compilation be shared data rather than private data. The distinction
7487 makes sense only on certain operating systems, where shared data is
7488 shared between processes running the same program, while private data
7489 exists in one copy per process.
7490 .Ip "\fB\-fno-common\fR" 4
7491 .IX Item "-fno-common"
7492 Allocate even uninitialized global variables in the data section of the
7493 object file, rather than generating them as common blocks. This has the
7494 effect that if the same variable is declared (without \f(CW\*(C`extern\*(C'\fR) in
7495 two different compilations, you will get an error when you link them.
7496 The only reason this might be useful is if you wish to verify that the
7497 program will work on other systems which always work this way.
7498 .Ip "\fB\-fno-ident\fR" 4
7499 .IX Item "-fno-ident"
7500 Ignore the \fB#ident\fR directive.
7501 .Ip "\fB\-fno-gnu-linker\fR" 4
7502 .IX Item "-fno-gnu-linker"
7503 Do not output global initializations (such as \*(C+ constructors and
7504 destructors) in the form used by the \s-1GNU\s0 linker (on systems where the \s-1GNU\s0
7505 linker is the standard method of handling them). Use this option when
7506 you want to use a non-GNU linker, which also requires using the
7507 \&\fBcollect2\fR program to make sure the system linker includes
7508 constructors and destructors. (\fBcollect2\fR is included in the \s-1GCC\s0
7509 distribution.) For systems which \fImust\fR use \fBcollect2\fR, the
7510 compiler driver \fBgcc\fR is configured to do this automatically.
7511 .Ip "\fB\-finhibit-size-directive\fR" 4
7512 .IX Item "-finhibit-size-directive"
7513 Don't output a \f(CW\*(C`.size\*(C'\fR assembler directive, or anything else that
7514 would cause trouble if the function is split in the middle, and the
7515 two halves are placed at locations far apart in memory. This option is
7516 used when compiling \fIcrtstuff.c\fR; you should not need to use it
7518 .Ip "\fB\-fverbose-asm\fR" 4
7519 .IX Item "-fverbose-asm"
7520 Put extra commentary information in the generated assembly code to
7521 make it more readable. This option is generally only of use to those
7522 who actually need to read the generated assembly code (perhaps while
7523 debugging the compiler itself).
7525 \&\fB\-fno-verbose-asm\fR, the default, causes the
7526 extra information to be omitted and is useful when comparing two assembler
7528 .Ip "\fB\-fvolatile\fR" 4
7529 .IX Item "-fvolatile"
7530 Consider all memory references through pointers to be volatile.
7531 .Ip "\fB\-fvolatile-global\fR" 4
7532 .IX Item "-fvolatile-global"
7533 Consider all memory references to extern and global data items to
7534 be volatile. \s-1GCC\s0 does not consider static data items to be volatile
7535 because of this switch.
7536 .Ip "\fB\-fvolatile-static\fR" 4
7537 .IX Item "-fvolatile-static"
7538 Consider all memory references to static data to be volatile.
7539 .Ip "\fB\-fpic\fR" 4
7541 Generate position-independent code (\s-1PIC\s0) suitable for use in a shared
7542 library, if supported for the target machine. Such code accesses all
7543 constant addresses through a global offset table (\s-1GOT\s0). The dynamic
7544 loader resolves the \s-1GOT\s0 entries when the program starts (the dynamic
7545 loader is not part of \s-1GCC\s0; it is part of the operating system). If
7546 the \s-1GOT\s0 size for the linked executable exceeds a machine-specific
7547 maximum size, you get an error message from the linker indicating that
7548 \&\fB\-fpic\fR does not work; in that case, recompile with \fB\-fPIC\fR
7549 instead. (These maximums are 16k on the m88k, 8k on the Sparc, and 32k
7550 on the m68k and \s-1RS/6000\s0. The 386 has no such limit.)
7552 Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works
7553 only on certain machines. For the 386, \s-1GCC\s0 supports \s-1PIC\s0 for System V
7554 but not for the Sun 386i. Code generated for the \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 is always
7555 position-independent.
7556 .Ip "\fB\-fPIC\fR" 4
7558 If supported for the target machine, emit position-independent code,
7559 suitable for dynamic linking and avoiding any limit on the size of the
7560 global offset table. This option makes a difference on the m68k, m88k,
7563 Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works
7564 only on certain machines.
7565 .Ip "\fB\-ffixed-\fR\fIreg\fR" 4
7566 .IX Item "-ffixed-reg"
7567 Treat the register named \fIreg\fR as a fixed register; generated code
7568 should never refer to it (except perhaps as a stack pointer, frame
7569 pointer or in some other fixed role).
7571 \&\fIreg\fR must be the name of a register. The register names accepted
7572 are machine-specific and are defined in the \f(CW\*(C`REGISTER_NAMES\*(C'\fR
7573 macro in the machine description macro file.
7575 This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
7577 .Ip "\fB\-fcall-used-\fR\fIreg\fR" 4
7578 .IX Item "-fcall-used-reg"
7579 Treat the register named \fIreg\fR as an allocable register that is
7580 clobbered by function calls. It may be allocated for temporaries or
7581 variables that do not live across a call. Functions compiled this way
7582 will not save and restore the register \fIreg\fR.
7584 It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer.
7585 Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in
7586 the machine's execution model will produce disastrous results.
7588 This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
7590 .Ip "\fB\-fcall-saved-\fR\fIreg\fR" 4
7591 .IX Item "-fcall-saved-reg"
7592 Treat the register named \fIreg\fR as an allocable register saved by
7593 functions. It may be allocated even for temporaries or variables that
7594 live across a call. Functions compiled this way will save and restore
7595 the register \fIreg\fR if they use it.
7597 It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer.
7598 Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in
7599 the machine's execution model will produce disastrous results.
7601 A different sort of disaster will result from the use of this flag for
7602 a register in which function values may be returned.
7604 This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
7606 .Ip "\fB\-fpack-struct\fR" 4
7607 .IX Item "-fpack-struct"
7608 Pack all structure members together without holes. Usually you would
7609 not want to use this option, since it makes the code suboptimal, and
7610 the offsets of structure members won't agree with system libraries.
7611 .Ip "\fB\-fcheck-memory-usage\fR" 4
7612 .IX Item "-fcheck-memory-usage"
7613 Generate extra code to check each memory access. \s-1GCC\s0 will generate
7614 code that is suitable for a detector of bad memory accesses such as
7617 Normally, you should compile all, or none, of your code with this option.
7619 If you do mix code compiled with and without this option,
7620 you must ensure that all code that has side effects
7621 and that is called by code compiled with this option
7622 is, itself, compiled with this option.
7623 If you do not, you might get erroneous messages from the detector.
7625 If you use functions from a library that have side-effects (such as
7626 \&\f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR), you might not be able to recompile the library and
7627 specify this option. In that case, you can enable the
7628 \&\fB\-fprefix-function-name\fR option, which requests \s-1GCC\s0 to encapsulate
7629 your code and make other functions look as if they were compiled with
7630 \&\fB\-fcheck-memory-usage\fR. This is done by calling ``stubs'',
7631 which are provided by the detector. If you cannot find or build
7632 stubs for every function you call, you might have to specify
7633 \&\fB\-fcheck-memory-usage\fR without \fB\-fprefix-function-name\fR.
7635 If you specify this option, you can not use the \f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR or
7636 \&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_asm_\|_\*(C'\fR keywords in functions with memory checking enabled. \s-1GNU\s0
7637 \&\s-1CC\s0 cannot understand what the \f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR statement may do, and therefore
7638 cannot generate the appropriate code, so it will reject it. However, if
7639 you specify the function attribute \f(CW\*(C`no_check_memory_usage\*(C'\fR, \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CC\s0 will disable memory checking within a
7640 function; you may use \f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR statements inside such functions. You
7641 may have an inline expansion of a non-checked function within a checked
7642 function; in that case \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CC\s0 will not generate checks for the inlined
7643 function's memory accesses.
7645 If you move your \f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C'\fR statements to non-checked inline functions
7646 and they do access memory, you can add calls to the support code in your
7647 inline function, to indicate any reads, writes, or copies being done.
7648 These calls would be similar to those done in the stubs described above.
7649 .Ip "\fB\-fprefix-function-name\fR" 4
7650 .IX Item "-fprefix-function-name"
7651 Request \s-1GCC\s0 to add a prefix to the symbols generated for function names.
7652 \&\s-1GCC\s0 adds a prefix to the names of functions defined as well as
7653 functions called. Code compiled with this option and code compiled
7654 without the option can't be linked together, unless stubs are used.
7656 If you compile the following code with \fB\-fprefix-function-name\fR
7659 \& extern void bar (int);
7663 \& return bar (a + 5);
7666 \&\s-1GCC\s0 will compile the code as if it was written:
7669 \& extern void prefix_bar (int);
7671 \& prefix_foo (int a)
7673 \& return prefix_bar (a + 5);
7676 This option is designed to be used with \fB\-fcheck-memory-usage\fR.
7677 .Ip "\fB\-finstrument-functions\fR" 4
7678 .IX Item "-finstrument-functions"
7679 Generate instrumentation calls for entry and exit to functions. Just
7680 after function entry and just before function exit, the following
7681 profiling functions will be called with the address of the current
7682 function and its call site. (On some platforms,
7683 \&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_return_address\*(C'\fR does not work beyond the current
7684 function, so the call site information may not be available to the
7685 profiling functions otherwise.)
7688 \& void __cyg_profile_func_enter (void *this_fn, void *call_site);
7689 \& void __cyg_profile_func_exit (void *this_fn, void *call_site);
7691 The first argument is the address of the start of the current function,
7692 which may be looked up exactly in the symbol table.
7694 This instrumentation is also done for functions expanded inline in other
7695 functions. The profiling calls will indicate where, conceptually, the
7696 inline function is entered and exited. This means that addressable
7697 versions of such functions must be available. If all your uses of a
7698 function are expanded inline, this may mean an additional expansion of
7699 code size. If you use \fBextern inline\fR in your C code, an
7700 addressable version of such functions must be provided. (This is
7701 normally the case anyways, but if you get lucky and the optimizer always
7702 expands the functions inline, you might have gotten away without
7703 providing static copies.)
7705 A function may be given the attribute \f(CW\*(C`no_instrument_function\*(C'\fR, in
7706 which case this instrumentation will not be done. This can be used, for
7707 example, for the profiling functions listed above, high-priority
7708 interrupt routines, and any functions from which the profiling functions
7709 cannot safely be called (perhaps signal handlers, if the profiling
7710 routines generate output or allocate memory).
7711 .Ip "\fB\-fstack-check\fR" 4
7712 .IX Item "-fstack-check"
7713 Generate code to verify that you do not go beyond the boundary of the
7714 stack. You should specify this flag if you are running in an
7715 environment with multiple threads, but only rarely need to specify it in
7716 a single-threaded environment since stack overflow is automatically
7717 detected on nearly all systems if there is only one stack.
7719 Note that this switch does not actually cause checking to be done; the
7720 operating system must do that. The switch causes generation of code
7721 to ensure that the operating system sees the stack being extended.
7722 .Ip "\fB\-fstack-limit-register=\fR\fIreg\fR" 4
7723 .IX Item "-fstack-limit-register=reg"
7725 .Ip "\fB\-fstack-limit-symbol=\fR\fIsym\fR" 4
7726 .IX Item "-fstack-limit-symbol=sym"
7727 .Ip "\fB\-fno-stack-limit\fR" 4
7728 .IX Item "-fno-stack-limit"
7730 Generate code to ensure that the stack does not grow beyond a certain value,
7731 either the value of a register or the address of a symbol. If the stack
7732 would grow beyond the value, a signal is raised. For most targets,
7733 the signal is raised before the stack overruns the boundary, so
7734 it is possible to catch the signal without taking special precautions.
7736 For instance, if the stack starts at address \fB0x80000000\fR and grows
7737 downwards you can use the flags
7738 \&\fB\-fstack-limit-symbol=_\|_stack_limit\fR
7739 \&\fB\-Wl,\-\-defsym,_\|_stack_limit=0x7ffe0000\fR which will enforce a stack
7741 .Ip "\fB\-fargument-alias\fR" 4
7742 .IX Item "-fargument-alias"
7744 .Ip "\fB\-fargument-noalias\fR" 4
7745 .IX Item "-fargument-noalias"
7746 .Ip "\fB\-fargument-noalias-global\fR" 4
7747 .IX Item "-fargument-noalias-global"
7749 Specify the possible relationships among parameters and between
7750 parameters and global data.
7752 \&\fB\-fargument-alias\fR specifies that arguments (parameters) may
7753 alias each other and may alias global storage.
7754 \&\fB\-fargument-noalias\fR specifies that arguments do not alias
7755 each other, but may alias global storage.
7756 \&\fB\-fargument-noalias-global\fR specifies that arguments do not
7757 alias each other and do not alias global storage.
7759 Each language will automatically use whatever option is required by
7760 the language standard. You should not need to use these options yourself.
7761 .Ip "\fB\-fleading-underscore\fR" 4
7762 .IX Item "-fleading-underscore"
7763 This option and its counterpart, \-fno-leading-underscore, forcibly
7764 change the way C symbols are represented in the object file. One use
7765 is to help link with legacy assembly code.
7767 Be warned that you should know what you are doing when invoking this
7768 option, and that not all targets provide complete support for it.
7770 .IX Header "ENVIRONMENT"
7771 This section describes several environment variables that affect how \s-1GCC\s0
7772 operates. Some of them work by specifying directories or prefixes to use
7773 when searching for various kinds of files. Some are used to specify other
7774 aspects of the compilation environment.
7776 Note that you can also specify places to search using options such as
7777 \&\fB\-B\fR, \fB\-I\fR and \fB\-L\fR. These
7778 take precedence over places specified using environment variables, which
7779 in turn take precedence over those specified by the configuration of \s-1GCC\s0.
7780 .Ip "\fB\s-1LANG\s0\fR" 4
7783 .Ip "\fB\s-1LC_CTYPE\s0\fR" 4
7785 .Ip "\fB\s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0\fR" 4
7786 .IX Item "LC_MESSAGES"
7787 .Ip "\fB\s-1LC_ALL\s0\fR" 4
7790 These environment variables control the way that \s-1GCC\s0 uses
7791 localization information that allow \s-1GCC\s0 to work with different
7792 national conventions. \s-1GCC\s0 inspects the locale categories
7793 \&\fB\s-1LC_CTYPE\s0\fR and \fB\s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0\fR if it has been configured to do
7794 so. These locale categories can be set to any value supported by your
7795 installation. A typical value is \fBen_UK\fR for English in the United
7798 The \fB\s-1LC_CTYPE\s0\fR environment variable specifies character
7799 classification. \s-1GCC\s0 uses it to determine the character boundaries in
7800 a string; this is needed for some multibyte encodings that contain quote
7801 and escape characters that would otherwise be interpreted as a string
7804 The \fB\s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0\fR environment variable specifies the language to
7805 use in diagnostic messages.
7807 If the \fB\s-1LC_ALL\s0\fR environment variable is set, it overrides the value
7808 of \fB\s-1LC_CTYPE\s0\fR and \fB\s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0\fR; otherwise, \fB\s-1LC_CTYPE\s0\fR
7809 and \fB\s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0\fR default to the value of the \fB\s-1LANG\s0\fR
7810 environment variable. If none of these variables are set, \s-1GCC\s0
7811 defaults to traditional C English behavior.
7812 .Ip "\fB\s-1TMPDIR\s0\fR" 4
7814 If \fB\s-1TMPDIR\s0\fR is set, it specifies the directory to use for temporary
7815 files. \s-1GCC\s0 uses temporary files to hold the output of one stage of
7816 compilation which is to be used as input to the next stage: for example,
7817 the output of the preprocessor, which is the input to the compiler
7819 .Ip "\fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR" 4
7820 .IX Item "GCC_EXEC_PREFIX"
7821 If \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR is set, it specifies a prefix to use in the
7822 names of the subprograms executed by the compiler. No slash is added
7823 when this prefix is combined with the name of a subprogram, but you can
7824 specify a prefix that ends with a slash if you wish.
7826 If \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR is not set, \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CC\s0 will attempt to figure out
7827 an appropriate prefix to use based on the pathname it was invoked with.
7829 If \s-1GCC\s0 cannot find the subprogram using the specified prefix, it
7830 tries looking in the usual places for the subprogram.
7832 The default value of \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR is
7833 \&\fI\fIprefix\fI/lib/gcc-lib/\fR where \fIprefix\fR is the value
7834 of \f(CW\*(C`prefix\*(C'\fR when you ran the \fIconfigure\fR script.
7836 Other prefixes specified with \fB\-B\fR take precedence over this prefix.
7838 This prefix is also used for finding files such as \fIcrt0.o\fR that are
7841 In addition, the prefix is used in an unusual way in finding the
7842 directories to search for header files. For each of the standard
7843 directories whose name normally begins with \fB/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib\fR
7844 (more precisely, with the value of \fB\s-1GCC_INCLUDE_DIR\s0\fR), \s-1GCC\s0 tries
7845 replacing that beginning with the specified prefix to produce an
7846 alternate directory name. Thus, with \fB\-Bfoo/\fR, \s-1GCC\s0 will search
7847 \&\fIfoo/bar\fR where it would normally search \fI/usr/local/lib/bar\fR.
7848 These alternate directories are searched first; the standard directories
7850 .Ip "\fB\s-1COMPILER_PATH\s0\fR" 4
7851 .IX Item "COMPILER_PATH"
7852 The value of \fB\s-1COMPILER_PATH\s0\fR is a colon-separated list of
7853 directories, much like \fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR. \s-1GCC\s0 tries the directories thus
7854 specified when searching for subprograms, if it can't find the
7855 subprograms using \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR.
7856 .Ip "\fB\s-1LIBRARY_PATH\s0\fR" 4
7857 .IX Item "LIBRARY_PATH"
7858 The value of \fB\s-1LIBRARY_PATH\s0\fR is a colon-separated list of
7859 directories, much like \fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR. When configured as a native compiler,
7860 \&\s-1GCC\s0 tries the directories thus specified when searching for special
7861 linker files, if it can't find them using \fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0\fR. Linking
7862 using \s-1GCC\s0 also uses these directories when searching for ordinary
7863 libraries for the \fB\-l\fR option (but directories specified with
7864 \&\fB\-L\fR come first).
7865 .Ip "\fBC_INCLUDE_PATH\fR" 4
7866 .IX Item "C_INCLUDE_PATH"
7868 .Ip "\fB\s-1CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH\s0\fR" 4
7869 .IX Item "CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH"
7870 .Ip "\fB\s-1OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH\s0\fR" 4
7871 .IX Item "OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH"
7873 These environment variables pertain to particular languages. Each
7874 variable's value is a colon-separated list of directories, much like
7875 \&\fB\s-1PATH\s0\fR. When \s-1GCC\s0 searches for header files, it tries the
7876 directories listed in the variable for the language you are using, after
7877 the directories specified with \fB\-I\fR but before the standard header
7879 .Ip "\fB\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0\fR" 4
7880 .IX Item "DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT"
7881 If this variable is set, its value specifies how to output dependencies
7882 for Make based on the header files processed by the compiler. This
7883 output looks much like the output from the \fB\-M\fR option, but it goes to a separate file, and is
7884 in addition to the usual results of compilation.
7886 The value of \fB\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0\fR can be just a file name, in
7887 which case the Make rules are written to that file, guessing the target
7888 name from the source file name. Or the value can have the form
7889 \&\fIfile\fR\fB \fR\fItarget\fR, in which case the rules are written to
7890 file \fIfile\fR using \fItarget\fR as the target name.
7891 .Ip "\fB\s-1LANG\s0\fR" 4
7893 This variable is used to pass locale information to the compiler. One way in
7894 which this information is used is to determine the character set to be used
7895 when character literals, string literals and comments are parsed in C and \*(C+.
7896 When the compiler is configured to allow multibyte characters,
7897 the following values for \fB\s-1LANG\s0\fR are recognized:
7901 Recognize \s-1JIS\s0 characters.
7902 .Ip "\fBC-SJIS\fR" 4
7904 Recognize \s-1SJIS\s0 characters.
7905 .Ip "\fBC-EUCJP\fR" 4
7907 Recognize \s-1EUCJP\s0 characters.
7911 If \fB\s-1LANG\s0\fR is not defined, or if it has some other value, then the
7912 compiler will use mblen and mbtowc as defined by the default locale to
7913 recognize and translate multibyte characters.
7917 For instructions on reporting bugs, see
7918 <\fBhttp://gcc.gnu.org/bugs.html\fR>. Use of the \fBgccbug\fR
7919 script to report bugs is recommended.
7921 .IX Header "FOOTNOTES"
7923 On some systems, \fBgcc \-shared\fR
7924 needs to build supplementary stub code for constructors to work. On
7925 multi-libbed systems, \fBgcc \-shared\fR must select the correct support
7926 libraries to link against. Failing to supply the correct flags may lead
7927 to subtle defects. Supplying them in cases where they are not necessary
7930 .IX Header "SEE ALSO"
7931 \&\fIcpp\fR\|(1), \fIgcov\fR\|(1), \fIg77\fR\|(1), \fIas\fR\|(1), \fIld\fR\|(1), \fIgdb\fR\|(1), \fIadb\fR\|(1), \fIdbx\fR\|(1), \fIsdb\fR\|(1)
7932 and the Info entries for \fIgcc\fR, \fIcpp\fR, \fIg77\fR, \fIas\fR,
7933 \&\fIld\fR, \fIbinutils\fR and \fIgdb\fR.
7936 See the Info entry for \fIgcc\fR, or
7937 <\fBhttp://gcc.gnu.org/thanks.html\fR>, for contributors to \s-1GCC\s0.
7939 .IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
7940 Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997,
7941 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7943 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
7944 manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
7945 preserved on all copies.
7947 Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
7948 manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
7949 entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
7950 permission notice identical to this one.
7952 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
7953 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
7954 except that this permission notice may be included in translations
7955 approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in the original